WO2023130858A1 - Communication system, method and apparatus and storage medium - Google Patents

Communication system, method and apparatus and storage medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023130858A1
WO2023130858A1 PCT/CN2022/134823 CN2022134823W WO2023130858A1 WO 2023130858 A1 WO2023130858 A1 WO 2023130858A1 CN 2022134823 W CN2022134823 W CN 2022134823W WO 2023130858 A1 WO2023130858 A1 WO 2023130858A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
amf
target
plmn
terminal device
source
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/134823
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
马泽芳
唐雄燕
苗守野
李红五
王光全
冯立华
李菲
张伦泳
马瑞涛
Original Assignee
中国联合网络通信集团有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 filed Critical 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司
Publication of WO2023130858A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023130858A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/0005—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off
    • H04W36/0011—Control or signalling for completing the hand-off for data sessions of end-to-end connection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W36/00—Hand-off or reselection arrangements
    • H04W36/14—Reselecting a network or an air interface
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/08—Access restriction or access information delivery, e.g. discovery data delivery
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W48/00—Access restriction; Network selection; Access point selection
    • H04W48/16—Discovering, processing access restriction or access information

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication system, method, device and storage medium.
  • the shared access network equipment is respectively connected to core network equipment of each operator.
  • the terminal device is connected to the core network device to which the terminal device belongs through the shared access network device.
  • the present application provides a communication system, method, device, and storage medium, which can realize the redirection of connected state terminal equipment among the networks of multiple operators during the process of multiple operators sharing the core network.
  • a communication system including: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device; the source access network device and the source AMF belong to The first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF is connected to the target AMF through a communication interface; the source access network device is used to determine the frequency point information of the target access network device and send the information to the terminal The device sends frequency point information; the terminal device is used to determine the target access network device according to the frequency point information, and initiate a redirection request to the target access network device; the redirection request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device; The first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network; the target access network device is used to forward the redirection request to the target AMF; the target AMF is used to determine the first GUTI of the terminal device, and
  • the source access network device is specifically used to: determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network ; Determine the frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the target PLMN ID as the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • the target AMF is further configured to send a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context information of the terminal device and the user permanent identifier SUPI; the source AMF The AMF is used to send the first response message to the target AMF according to the first request message; the first response message includes the context information and SUPI of the terminal device; the target AMF is also used to determine the terminal device according to the SUPI, and provide the terminal device with the context information Create context.
  • the target AMF is specifically configured to: parse the first GUTI, determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; determine the AMF represented by the GUAMI as the source AMF.
  • the source AMF is further configured to send a PLMN list to the source access network device;
  • the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, etc.
  • the effective public land mobile network EPLMN is the PLMN selected last time; the source access network device is also used to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
  • the source access network device is specifically used to: determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list; determine the service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device. Home network; determine that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; determine that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
  • the source AMF is further configured to send a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is The PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network; the source access network device is configured to receive the mobility restriction list, and determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
  • the source AMF is specifically configured to: determine the location information of the terminal device; determine the PLMN adjacent to the first PLMN network at the location represented by the location information of the terminal device The network is the second PLMN network; determine the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network; determine that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
  • the source access network device is further configured to: determine an access network device adjacent to the source access network device in the second PLMN network as the target access network device ; Determine the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • the target access network device is also used to: obtain the target PLMN ID, the location information of the terminal device, and the slice information requested by the terminal device; according to the target PLMN ID, the terminal The location information of the device and the slice information requested by the terminal device determine the target AMF.
  • the source AMF is further configured to send the first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice information, and the first slice The slice information is the slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
  • the source AMF is specifically configured to: determine the first slice information when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are different; according to the first slice information, A first slice indication message is generated.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network. At least one item of slice information; the target AMF is specifically used to: determine that the slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network is the first slice information when the first PLMN network is the home network; If the network is not the home network, it is determined that the slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network is the first slice information.
  • the target AMF is further configured to: determine the first slice information; determine the second slice information mapped to the first slice information in the second PLMN network; according to the first slice information Two slice information, and at least one item of the location information of the terminal equipment, determine the target session management function SMF; the target SMF is the SMF in the second PLMN network.
  • the target AMF is further configured to send a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is the source AMF The target AMF established for the terminal device does not support the session; the source AMF is also used to release the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
  • the system further includes: the home unified data management function UDM; the target AMF is also configured to send a context request message to the home UDM; the context request message is used to request the terminal to UDM The subscription data of the device; the UDM is used to send the subscription data of the terminal device to the target AMF in response to the context request message.
  • the target AMF is further configured to obtain the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through a communication interface.
  • the system further includes: a target network slice selection function NSSF; the target AMF is also configured to initiate a query to the target NSSF according to the first slice information, and determine the second slice information , and a list of AMFs that support the second slice information.
  • NSSF target network slice selection function
  • the target AMF is further configured to query the slice mapping relationship configured in the target AMF according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and support the second slice information AMF list.
  • the system further includes: a first AMF; a target AMF, and is also used to: determine whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; If not included, determine the first AMF according to the AMF list.
  • the target AMF is further configured to send first indication information to the target access network device, where the first indication information includes at least one of the following: an identifier of the first AMF, a registration The request message, the second slice information; the target access network device, configured to generate second indication information according to the first indication information, and send the second indication information to the first AMF;
  • the second indication information includes at least one of the following: first The identifier of the AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information;
  • the first AMF is configured to determine at least one of the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information according to the second indication information.
  • the target AMF is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF;
  • the third indication information includes at least one of the following: a registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, The context of the terminal device, the second slice information;
  • the first AMF is configured to determine at least one of the registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device, and the second slice information according to the third indication information.
  • the system further includes: a home SMF and a home policy control function PCF; the home SMF is further configured to send fourth indication information to the home PCF; the fourth indication information is used to instructing to perform SM policy management; and instructing the home PCF of the location information of the terminal equipment.
  • the target AMF is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the PLMN list and the at least one.
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied in a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
  • the network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network;
  • the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network;
  • the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface;
  • the method includes: the target AMF receives the information from the target access network device A redirection request;
  • the redirection request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device;
  • the first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network;
  • the target AMF determines the first GUTI of the terminal device according to the redirection request, and
  • the source AMF is determined according to the first GUTI;
  • the target AMF sends a session information request message to the source AMF;
  • obtaining the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF includes: the target AMF sends a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context of the terminal device information and user permanent identifier SUPI; the target AMF receives the first response message from the source AMF; the first response message includes the context information of the terminal device and SUPI; the target AMF determines the terminal device according to the SUPI, and creates a context for the terminal device according to the context information .
  • determining the source AMF according to the first GUTI includes: the target AMF parses the first GUTI, and determines the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; the target AMF determines the GUAMI represented by The AMF is the source AMF.
  • the method further includes: the target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to indicate the source AMF Release the preset session; the preset session is a session not supported by the target AMF established by the source AMF for the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: the target AMF sends a context request message to the home unified data management function UDM; the context request message It is used to request the subscription data of the terminal equipment from the UDM; the target AMF receives the subscription data of the terminal equipment from the UDM.
  • the method further includes: the target AMF acquires the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through the communication interface.
  • the method further includes: the target AMF initiates a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, determines the second slice information, and supports the second slice information AMF list, the first slice information is the slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
  • the method further includes: the target AMF determines whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; if not included, the target AMF determines the first AMF according to the AMF list.
  • the method further includes: the target AMF sends first indication information to the target access network device, so that the target AMF The network access device forwards at least one item of the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information to the first AMF according to the first indication information.
  • the method further includes: the target AMF sends third indication information to the first AMF; the third indication information includes the following At least one item: registration request message, SUPI of the terminal device, context of the terminal device, and second slice information.
  • the method further includes: the target AMF sends fifth indication information to the target access network device, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the PLMN list, and the mobility restriction list at least one of the .
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied in a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
  • the network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network;
  • the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network;
  • the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface;
  • the method includes: the source access network device determines the target access network The frequency point information of the device, and send the frequency point information to the terminal device;
  • the frequency point information of the target access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to access the target access network device according to the frequency point information, and send the terminal device through the target access network device
  • the device sends a redirection request.
  • the source access network device determines the frequency point information of the target access network device, including: the source access network device determines the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the terminal device The PLMN ID that needs to be selected when accessing the second PLMN network; the source access network device determines that the frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the target PLMN ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • the method further includes: the source access network device receives the PLMN list from the source AMF; the PLMN list Including at least one of the following: HPLMN of the terminal device, serving PLMN, equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN, and the PLMN selected last time; the source access network device determines the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
  • the source access network device determines the target PLMN from the PLMN list, including: the source access network device determines the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list; The network access device determines the home network of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device; the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; the source access network device determines The first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
  • the method further includes: the source access network device receives the mobility restriction list from the source AMF;
  • the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID;
  • the first PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network;
  • the source access network device determines that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
  • the source access network device determines the frequency point information of the target access network device, including: the source access network device determines that the source access network device in the second PLMN network The adjacent access network device is the target access network device; the source access network device determines the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • a communication method is provided, which is applied in a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
  • the network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network;
  • the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network;
  • the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface;
  • the method includes: the source AMF receives a session information request from the target AMF message; wherein, the source AMF is the AMF determined by the target AMF according to the first GUTI of the terminal device; the source AMF sends the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF in response to the session request message.
  • the method further includes: the source AMF sends a PLMN list to the source access network device; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, etc. Effective public land mobile network EPLMN, the PLMN selected last time.
  • the method further includes: the source AMF sends a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID It is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network.
  • the method further includes: the source AMF determines the location information of the terminal device, and the source AMF determines At the location represented by the location information of the device, the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network; the source AMF determines the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network; the source AMF determines that the terminal device is allowed to access the network
  • the PLMN ID for accessing the network is the first PLMN ID.
  • the method further includes: the source AMF sends first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice information, and the first The slice information is the slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
  • the method further includes: when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are different, determining the first slice information; generating the first slice information according to the first slice information.
  • a slice indicates a message.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network. At least one item of slice information.
  • the method further includes: the source AMF receives a registration status update message from the target AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is A session not supported by the target AMF established for the terminal device in the source AMF; the source AMF releases the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
  • a communication device which is applied in a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
  • the network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network;
  • the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network;
  • the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface;
  • the device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit, a communication unit, Based on the redirection request from the target access network device;
  • the redirection request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device;
  • the first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network;
  • the processing unit is configured to The directional request determines the first GUTI of the terminal device, and determines the source AMF according to the first GUTI;
  • the communication unit is also used to send a session information request message to
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: instruct the communication unit to send a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context information and the permanent user ID of the terminal device Symbol SUPI; indicates that the communication unit receives the first response message from the source AMF; the first response message includes the context information of the terminal device and SUPI; determine the terminal device according to the SUPI, and create a context for the terminal device according to the context information.
  • the processing unit is specifically configured to: parse the first GUTI, determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; determine the AMF represented by the GUAMI as the source AMF.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is the source AMF A session not supported by the target AMF established for the end device.
  • the communication unit is also used to send a context request message to the unified data management function UDM; the context request message is used to request the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM; the target AMF receives the message from Subscription data of UDM terminal equipment.
  • the processing unit is further configured to instruct the communication unit to acquire the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through the communication interface.
  • the processing unit is further configured to initiate a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and support the second slice information In the AMF list, the first slice information is the slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
  • the processing unit is further configured to determine whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; if not included, determine the first AMF according to the AMF list One AMF.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send the first indication information to the target access network device, so that the target access network device forwards to the first AMF according to the first indication information At least one item of the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF;
  • the third indication information includes at least one of the following: a registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, The context of the terminal device, the second slice information.
  • the communication unit is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the PLMN list and the at least one.
  • a communication device which is applied in a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
  • the network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network;
  • the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network;
  • the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface;
  • the device includes: a communication unit, and a processing unit; the processing unit, Used to determine the frequency point information of the target access network device, the communication unit is used to send the frequency point information to the terminal device;
  • the frequency point information of the target access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to access the target access network according to the frequency point information device, and send a redirection request to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  • the processing unit is also used to: determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network; determine the target The frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the PLMN ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive a PLMN list from the source AMF; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: HPLMN of the terminal device, serving PLMN, equivalent public land mobile Network EPLMN, the PLMN selected last time; the processing unit is also used to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list; the source access network device determines the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device The home network of the device; determine that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; determine that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
  • the communication unit is further configured to receive a mobility restriction list from the source AMF; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the terminal device The PLMN ID of the home network in the second PLMN network; the processing unit is further configured to determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine an access network device adjacent to the source access network device in the second PLMN network as the target access network device; determine the target access network device; Frequency point information of access network equipment.
  • a communication device which is applied in a communication system.
  • the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
  • the network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network;
  • the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network;
  • the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface;
  • the device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit uses Instructing the communication unit to receive the session information request message from the target AMF; wherein, the source AMF is the AMF determined by the target AMF according to the first GUTI of the terminal device;
  • the processing unit is also used to instruct the communication unit to respond to the session request message to the target AMF Send the session information of the terminal device.
  • the apparatus further includes: a processing unit, further configured to instruct the communication unit to send the PLMN list to the source access network device;
  • the PLMN list includes at least one of the following items: the terminal device HPLMN, Serving PLMN, Equivalent Public Land Mobile Network EPLMN, PLMN selected last time.
  • the processing unit is further configured to instruct the communication unit to send a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first The PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine the location information of the terminal device; determine the PLMN adjacent to the first PLMN network at the position represented by the location information of the terminal device The network is the second PLMN network; determine the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network; determine that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
  • the apparatus further includes: a processing unit, further configured to instruct the communication unit to send the first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice indication information There is slice information, and the first slice information is slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: determine the first slice information when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are different; according to the first slice information, A first slice indication message is generated.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network. At least one item of slice information.
  • the processing unit is further configured to: instruct the communication unit to receive a registration status update message from the target AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; Let the session be a session established for the terminal device in the source AMF that is not supported by the target AMF; and release the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the first aspect and the first aspect The communication method described in any possible implementation manner of .
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the second aspect and the second aspect The communication method described in any possible implementation manner of .
  • the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the third aspect and the third aspect The communication method described in any possible implementation manner of .
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions in the computer-readable storage medium are executed by the processor of the communication device, the communication device can execute The communication method as described in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions in the computer-readable storage medium are executed by the processor of the communication device, the communication device can execute The communication method as described in the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions in the computer-readable storage medium are executed by the processor of the communication device, the communication device can execute Such as the communication method described in the third aspect and any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • source AMFs and target AMFs of different operators communicate through a communication interface (for example, the communication interface may be an N14+ interface).
  • the source access network device indicates the frequency point of the target access network device to the terminal device by discovering the frequency point of the target access network device, so that the terminal device can Access to the target access network device according to the frequency point information.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUTI of the terminal device, and obtains the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF.
  • the target AMF can create a session for the terminal device in the second PLMN network according to the session information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be redirected to the second PLMN network. In this way, the redirection of connected terminal devices among the networks of multiple operators is realized.
  • Fig. 1 is a system architecture diagram of a kind of MOCN system provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a system architecture diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario when multiple operators share an access network and a core network according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 is a system architecture diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a redirection method when a terminal device moves from a first area to a second area according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a redirection method when a terminal device moves from a second area to a first area according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a redirection method when a terminal device moves from a second area to a third area according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second in the specification and drawings of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, or to distinguish different processes for the same object, rather than to describe a specific sequence of objects.
  • the network coverage is more dense, the number of base stations is also increasing, and the network construction cost of operators is also increasing.
  • a network sharing method is currently proposed. In this method, multiple operators share the same network, thereby reducing the redundant construction of communication networks, saving the overall investment of the network, and alleviating the huge cost of network construction. .
  • the shared network architecture supporting 5G MOCN is specified in the 3GPP R16 protocol specification.
  • terminal devices are supported to share 5G access networks (RAN) of different operators.
  • RAN 5G access networks
  • the network architecture of MOCN is shown in Figure 1.
  • the MOCN system 10 includes a core network device 101 of operator A, a core network device 102 of operator B, a core network device 103 of operator C, a core network device 104 of operator X, and an operator The access network device 105 of X.
  • the access network equipment 105 of operator X is connected to the core network equipment 101 of operator A, the core network equipment 102 of operator B, and the core network equipment 103 of operator C through interfaces N2 and N3 respectively.
  • the access network device 105 of operator X is used to access the terminal equipment of operator A, operator B and operator C, and forward the data of the terminal equipment to the corresponding operator's core network equipment.
  • the access network equipment broadcasts the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identification (Identity, ID).
  • PLMN public land mobile network
  • the access network equipment sharing the network will carry the PLMN ID of the core network of each operator sharing the access network equipment in the broadcast system message.
  • the access network equipment of the shared network carries the PLMN IDs of operator A and operator X respectively in the broadcast system information.
  • Each PLMN ID corresponds to an operator's core network.
  • the terminal device After receiving the broadcast system message, the terminal device parses the system message and determines the PLMN ID carried in the system message. The terminal device determines the core network to which the access network device of the shared network is connected according to the PLMN ID, and selects the PLMN ID of the network to which the terminal device belongs. The terminal device notifies the access network device of the shared network of the selected PLMN ID. After receiving the PLMN ID selected by the terminal device, the access network device of the shared network routes the service data of the terminal device to the core network selected by the terminal device according to the PLMN ID selected by the terminal device.
  • the access network equipment of operator X carries the core network identifier PLMN-ID(A) of operator A and the core network identifier PLMN-ID of operator B in the broadcast system message.
  • the core network identifier PLMN-ID(X) of operator X is also carried. Since the access network equipment of the operator X carries the PLMN-ID(X) in the broadcasted system message, it belongs to the conventional broadcasting method, not the broadcasting method of the shared network. Therefore, FIG. 1 and Table 1 do not show the situation that the terminal equipment of operator X performs network sharing.
  • the access network built by operator A carries the PLMN ID of operator B in the broadcast system message, so that the terminal of operator B The device is connected to the access network of operator A; at the same time, the system message will also carry the PLMN ID of operator A so that the terminal equipment of operator A can also access the access network of operator A.
  • the access network built by operator X carries the PLMN ID of operator A in the broadcast system message, so that the terminal equipment of operator A can access the access network of operator X; at the same time, the system message will also include Carry the PLMN ID of operator X so that the terminal equipment of operator X can also access the access network of operator X.
  • the terminal device In the MOCN sharing mode, the terminal device needs to select the core network according to the PLMN ID broadcast by the access network device of the shared network. Therefore, the number of PLMN IDs broadcast by the access network equipment sharing the network needs to be the same as the number of 5G core networks sharing the access network. Therefore, the access network device of the shared network must broadcast multiple PLMN IDs so that all terminal devices can access the access network.
  • the maximum number of shared operators carried in the system message broadcast by the access network device of the shared access network is N-1.
  • N is a positive integer.
  • the terminal device has the shortest time delay when selecting a PLMN (the specific time delay is determined according to the selection sequence of the PLMN ID of the terminal device) and the time for the terminal device to select a network to reside is the shortest.
  • the time delay required for selecting the PLMN and network selection and staying in this method is the shortest .
  • MOCN shared access network has at least the following advantages: under the framework of MOCN shared access network, the core networks of different operators are completely independently set up, and it has better support for 5G special services such as network slicing and edge computing.
  • Fig. 2 is a communication system 20 provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a first access network device 201, a first core network device 202, at least one second core network The device 203 and the terminal device 204.
  • the first access network device 201 is configured to implement a function of a wireless access network, and provide wireless access services for terminal devices.
  • the first access network device 201 is the access network device of the contractor operator.
  • the access network equipment of operator X For example, the access network equipment of operator X.
  • the first core network device 202 is the core network device of the contractor operator.
  • core network equipment of operator X For example, core network equipment of operator X.
  • the first core network equipment 202 is used to implement functions related to the core network and provide business services related to the core network.
  • the first core network device 202 for the terminal device of the shared operator is used to provide a data routing function, and route the service data of the terminal device to the home core network of the terminal device. At this time, the first core network device 202 may also perform access control, policy control, network selection, and charging settlement on the terminal device.
  • the second core network device 203 is the core network device of the sharing party operator, and is used for the terminal equipment of the sharing party operator to implement functions related to the core network. For example, to provide data processing or forwarding functions.
  • At least one second core network device 203 includes a core network device 2031 of operator A, a core network device 2032 of operator B, and a core network device 2033 of operator C as an example for illustration.
  • the core network equipment 2031 of operator A is used to provide core network-related business services for terminal equipment of operator A;
  • the core network equipment 2032 of operator B is used to provide core network-related services for terminal equipment of operator B Service:
  • the core network equipment 2033 of operator C is used to provide core network-related business services for terminal equipment of operator C.
  • the terminal device 204 is a device that needs to provide communication services, and may be a terminal device that belongs to the same operator as the first access network device 201 and the first core network device 202 .
  • the terminal device 204 may also be a terminal device that belongs to the same operator as any second core network device 203 in the at least one second core network device 203 .
  • description is mainly made by taking the terminal device as an example that belongs to the same operator as any one of the second core network devices 203 in the at least one second core network device 203 .
  • the core network equipment in the embodiment of this application mainly refers to the 5G core network equipment.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario when multiple operators share an access network and a core network according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the coverage scenario includes core network equipment 301 of operator A, core network equipment 302 of operator X, core network equipment 303 of operator Y, access network equipment 304 of operator A, operator X
  • the description is mainly made by taking the terminal device belonging to the operator A as an example.
  • operator A, operator X and operator Y may share the access network and the core network.
  • the terminal device moves within the coverage of the access network device 304 of operator A, the access network device 305 of operator X, and the access network device 306 of operator Y, it can respectively access the Access network equipment and core network equipment provide network communication services.
  • the access network device 304 of operator A is connected to the core network device 301 of operator A through N1/N2/N3 interfaces.
  • the access network device 305 of operator X is connected to the core network device 302 of operator X through the N1/N2/N3 interface; the core network device 302 of operator X is connected through the N9/N16/N8/N12/N24/N32/N14+ interface Connect to the core network device 301 of operator A.
  • the access network device 306 of operator Y is connected to the core network device 303 of operator Y through the N1/N2/N3 interface; the core network device 303 of operator Y is connected through the N9/N16/N8/N12/N24/N32/N14+ interface Connect to the core network device 301 of operator A.
  • the coverage area of the access network equipment 304 of operator A is denoted as the first area; the coverage area of the access network equipment 305 of operator X is denoted as the second area; the coverage area of the access network equipment 306 of operator Y is denoted as third area.
  • the terminal device 307 When the terminal device 307 moves to the first area, it can access the access network device 304 of the operator A, and access the core network device 301 of the operator A through the access network device 304 of the operator A.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device moves to the second area, it can access the access network equipment 305 of operator X, access the core network equipment 302 of operator X through the access network equipment 305 of operator X, and access the core network equipment 302 of operator X through the core network equipment of operator X.
  • the device 302 accesses the core network device 301 of operator A.
  • the terminal device When the terminal device moves to the third area, it can access the access network equipment 306 of operator Y, access the core network equipment 303 of operator Y through the access network equipment 306 of operator Y, and access the core network equipment 303 of operator Y through the core network equipment of operator Y.
  • the device 303 accesses the core network device 301 of operator A.
  • the terminal equipment and the core network equipment of the access network equipment all need to perform corresponding action processes and realize corresponding functions, so as to realize that the terminal equipment in the connected state can operate in multiple Redirection between carrier networks.
  • Scenario 1 the process of the access network device broadcasting the PLMN ID
  • Scenario 2 the process of the access network device selecting the target PLMN ID and the frequency of the target access network device
  • Scenario 3 the access network of different operators Interconnection and interaction between network equipment and core network equipment.
  • Scenario 1 The process of the access network device broadcasting the PLMN ID.
  • the access network device In order for the access network device to be able to notify the terminal device of the PLMN network supported by the access network device, it needs to broadcast the PLMN ID to the terminal device.
  • the access network device can use any of the following schemes 1 to 3 when broadcasting the PLMN ID.
  • the scheme broadcasts the PLMN ID.
  • scheme 1, scheme 2, and scheme 3 respectively:
  • Solution 1 The access network device broadcasts the original PLMN ID of the core network for each core network connected to the access network device.
  • the PLMN ID of each core network is the same as the PLMN ID broadcast for the core network in the network of the operator to which it belongs. That is to say, in solution 1, the access network device broadcasts the PLMN ID of each core network in the same way as the MOCN broadcasts the PLMN ID in the related technology.
  • scheme 1 to broadcast the PLMN ID brings at least the following beneficial effects: when the terminal device obtains the PLMN ID, the time delay required for selecting the PLMN (for example, when the terminal device is powered on or recovers from a non-coverage area) is the shortest.
  • the access network equipment broadcasts the PLMN ID of each core network in the same way as MOCN broadcasts the PLMN ID in the related technology, and there is no need to create a new network number, which will not cause waste of network number resources.
  • the maximum number of PLMN IDs of the shared operator's core network that the access network device can broadcast is N-1.
  • N is the maximum number of broadcast PLMN IDs that the access network equipment can support, and N is a positive integer.
  • the access network device broadcasts a new PLMN ID for each core network connected to the access network device.
  • the new PLMN ID of each core network is different from the PLMN ID broadcast for the core network in the own network of the operator to which it belongs.
  • the access network device can combine the PLMN ID of the contractor operator and the PLMN ID of the shared operator to obtain the PLMN ID of each core network.
  • Adopting scheme 2 to broadcast the PLMN ID brings at least the following beneficial effects: the access network device can customize and broadcast a new PLMN ID. In this way, after the terminal device receives the new PLMN ID, it can determine according to the new PLMN ID that the access network is an access network undertaken by operator X that can be shared. In addition, the terminal device can also display the network identification of the contractor operator and the network identification of the sharing operator on the display interface at the same time according to the new PLMN ID.
  • the maximum number of PLMN IDs of the shared operator's core network that the access network device can broadcast is N-1.
  • the access network device broadcasts the same PLMN ID for each core network connected to the access network device.
  • the access network device only broadcasts the PLMN ID of the core network of operator X.
  • the access network device only broadcasts the new PLMN ID (XY) of the core network of operator X.
  • Adopting scheme 3 to broadcast the PLMN ID brings at least the following beneficial effects: the access network device only needs to broadcast one PLMN ID, which reduces the signaling overhead of the access network device.
  • the access network device only broadcasts the PLMN ID of the core network of operator X, it will not cause waste of network number resources.
  • solution 3 because the access network equipment does not broadcast the PLMN ID of each operator, therefore, in solution 3, it is necessary to increase the first core network equipment to determine the home network of the terminal device without the PLMN ID selected by the terminal device.
  • Function For example, a function of the first core network device identifying a subscriber permanent identifier (Subscription Permanent Identifier, SUPI) or HPLMN of the terminal device is extended.
  • SUPI Subscriber permanent Identifier
  • HPLMN the terminal device also needs to have the function of reporting SUPI or HPLMN.
  • the access network device broadcasts the PLMN ID by broadcasting the first system message, and the first system message carries the PLMN ID that the terminal device needs to broadcast.
  • the source access network device selects the target PLMN ID and the frequency of the target access network device.
  • the source access network device may determine the frequency of the target access network device through the following method 1; determine the target PLMN ID through any of the following methods 2 and 5. Instructions are given below:
  • the source access network device configures the frequency of the target access network device based on the PLMN ID.
  • the terminal device is an access network device of operator A as an example for description.
  • Mode 1.1 For the source access network equipment of operator A, when the source access network equipment is a base station at the boundary between the first area and the second area.
  • the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator X is the PLMN-ID (XA) in scheme 2 (it can also be the PLMN ID in other schemes).
  • the source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F2 of the access network device of operator X adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(XA), and the frequency of the target access network device is F2.
  • the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator Y is the PLMN-ID (YA) in scheme 2 (it can also be the PLMN ID in other schemes).
  • the source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F3 of the access network device of operator Y adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(YA), and the frequency of the target access network device is F3.
  • Mode 1.2 For the source access network device of operator X, when the source access network device is a base station at the border between the second area and the first area. The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator A is PLMN-ID(A). The source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F1 of the access network device of operator A adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(A), and the frequency of the target access network device is F1.
  • the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator Y is the PLMN-ID (YA) in scheme 2 (it can also be the PLMN ID in other schemes).
  • the source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F3 of the access network device of operator Y adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(YA), and the frequency of the target access network device is F3.
  • Mode 1.3 For the source access network equipment of operator Y, when the source access network equipment is a base station at the boundary between the third area and the first area.
  • the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator A is PLMN-ID(A).
  • the source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F1 of the access network device of operator A adjacent to it.
  • the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(A), and the frequency of the target access network device is F1.
  • the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator X is the PLMN-ID (XA) in scheme 2 (it can also be the PLMN ID in other schemes).
  • the source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F2 of the adjacent operator X access network device. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(XA), and the frequency of the target access network device is F2.
  • the source access network device can select the target PLMN ID according to the PLMN ID currently served by the terminal device and indicate it to the Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF).
  • AMF Access and Mobility Management Function
  • the source access network device can indicate the selected target PLMN ID and the cells under the target PLMN ID to the source AMF.
  • the source AMF can select the target AMF/mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME) mobility management entity MME according to the TAI information provided by the source access network device (this application mainly uses the target AMF as an example for illustration). Then, the source AMF sends the selected target PLMN ID to the target AMF/MME.
  • MME Mobility Management Entity
  • the source access network device can determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device, and determine the home network of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device; the terminal device determines the home network of the terminal device
  • the PLMN ID in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID, and the terminal device determines that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
  • the terminal equipment of operator A determines that the PLMN ID of the current service is PLMN ID (XA) (that is, the access network equipment adopts scheme 2 to broadcast the PLMN ID) .
  • the source access network device determines that the home network of the terminal device is the network of operator A according to the PLMN ID of the current service being the PLMN ID(XA).
  • the PLMN ID of operator A is PLMN ID(A).
  • the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID (A) is the target PLMN ID.
  • the access network equipment of operator X broadcasts the PLMN ID (XA) for the terminal equipment of operator A.
  • the access network equipment of operator X can determine that the home network of the terminal equipment is PLMN ID (A) according to the current service PLMN ID (XA) of the terminal equipment. ), at this time, the access network device of operator X determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN ID (A) according to the current service PLMN ID (XA).
  • the access network device of operator X indicates to the AMF of operator X that the target PLMN ID is PLMN ID(A).
  • Mode 3 The source access network device determines the target PLMN ID according to the PLMN list issued by the source AMF (referred to as mode 3.1), or determines the target PLMN ID according to the mobility restriction list issued by the source AMF (represented as mode 3.2).
  • modes 3.1 and 3.2 are described respectively:
  • the source access network device determines the target PLMN ID according to the PLMN list issued by the source AMF.
  • the source AMF determines the PLMN auxiliary information of the terminal device;
  • the PLMN auxiliary information includes at least one of the following: the service PLMN ID of the terminal device, the SUPI number segment of the terminal device, and the terminal The location information of the device;
  • the source AMF determines the first PLMN ID according to the PLMN auxiliary information of the terminal device, and generates the PLMN list according to the first PLMN ID.
  • the source AMF sends the PLMN list to the source access network device.
  • the source access network device determines the target PLMN ID according to the PLMN list.
  • the source AMF determines the PLMN list of the terminal device according to information such as the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, the EPLMN, and the previous PLMN (Last PLMN).
  • the PLMN list includes a first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network.
  • the terminal equipment of operator A determines that the PLMN ID of the current service is PLMN ID (XX) (that is, the access network equipment adopts scheme 3 to broadcast the PLMN ID) .
  • the source access network device determines that the home network information of the terminal device is the network of operator A according to the SUPI number segment of the terminal device.
  • the PLMN ID of operator A is PLMN ID(A)
  • the source AMF determines that the first PLMN ID is PLMN ID(A).
  • PLMN ID (A) is included in the PLMN list.
  • the source AMF sends the PLMN list to the source access network device.
  • the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN ID(A) according to the PLMN list.
  • the AMF of operator X will use the service PLMN ID of the terminal device, the number segment of the terminal device, and the location of the terminal device at least one item in the information, and deliver the PLMN list to the terminal device.
  • the AMF of operator X sends the EPLMN list including the PLMN ID (A).
  • the AMF of operator X sends the EPLMN list including the PLMN ID (YA).
  • the source AMF determines the target PLMN ID according to the mobility restriction list issued by the source AMF.
  • the source AMF determines the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network; the source AMF determines that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
  • the source AMF sends a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the source access network device determines that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
  • the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network.
  • the source AMF determines that the adjacent network of operator X at the current location is the network of operator A.
  • the PLMN ID that allows terminal equipment to access the network in operator A's network is PLMN ID(A).
  • the source AMF determines that the PLMN ID (A) is the first PLMN ID, and indicates the PLMN ID (A) to the source access network device through the mobility restriction list.
  • the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID (A) is the target PLMN ID.
  • the AMF of operator X issues a mobility restriction list to the terminal equipment of operator A, instructing the terminal equipment to preferentially select the 5G NR access technology of PLMN ID (A), and the 5G NR access technology of PLMN ID (YA) into technology.
  • the AMF can issue a mobility restriction list according to the TA.
  • the terminal device is at the border of the first area and the second area, instruct the terminal device to preferentially select the 5G NR access technology of PLMN ID (A).
  • At the border of the second area and the third area instruct the terminal device to preferentially select the 5G NR access technology of PLMN ID (YA).
  • the source access network device selects the target PLMN ID according to the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device and the EPLMN issued by the source AMF.
  • the access network equipment of operator X when the access network equipment of operator X broadcasts the same PLMN ID as PLMN ID (XX) for the terminal equipment of operator A (for example, when the above scheme 3), the terminal equipment of operator A moves from the second area to In the first area, the access network equipment of operator X can indicate to the AMF of operator X that the target PLMN ID is PLMN ID (A) according to the current service PLMN ID (XX) of the terminal equipment and the PLMN list issued by the source AMF .
  • mode 4 For the specific implementation manner of mode 4, reference may be made to the above mode 3.1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the source access network device selects the target PLMN ID according to the current serving PLMN ID of the terminal device and the mobility restriction list issued by the source AMF.
  • the access network device of operator X can indicate to the AMF of operator X that the PLMN ID of the target PLMN is PLMN ID(A) according to the current serving PLMN ID(XA) of the terminal device and the mobility restriction list issued by the serving AMF .
  • Scenario 3 Interconnection and interaction between access network equipment and core network equipment of different operators.
  • the target access network device can select the target PLMN ID according to the terminal device's access, the location information of the terminal device (for example, the TAI in the source access network device), and the terminal device's request NSSAI, select the target AMF.
  • the target AMF can discover the source AMF according to the source PLMN ID of the terminal device and the GUTI (specifically 5G-GUTI) allocated to the terminal device by the source PLMN network.
  • the signaling in the process of the target AMF discovering the source AMF can be forwarded through the secure signaling gateway.
  • Case 2.1 The operators sharing the core network support the interconnection interface N14+, and the interconnection interface can be isolated through a secure signaling gateway.
  • the target AMF can acquire the SUPI of the terminal device and the context of the terminal device from the source AMF through the N14+ interface.
  • the target AMF can create a context for the terminal device according to the acquired SUPI and the terminal device context, and notify the source AMF of the result after the creation is completed.
  • the target AMF obtains the access and mobility data of the terminal device, context information of the terminal device, SMF information, etc. from the source AMF through the cross-PLMN N14+ interface. In this way, the target AMF does not need to obtain the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM, which not only ensures the IP address of the terminal device and service continuity, but also optimizes the process and reduces the pressure on the UDM.
  • the access network device can indicate the change of the PLMN ID of the serving PLMN for the terminal device through 5G-GUTI.
  • Network elements such as source access network equipment, source AMF, source SMF, source UPF, target access network equipment, target AMF, target SMF, and target UPF can support redirection signaling under the core network sharing architecture in the connected state process.
  • the terminal device, the access network device and the core network device need to perform corresponding action processes and implement corresponding functions in detail.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system 40 provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a terminal device 401, a source access network device 402, a source access and mobility management function AMF403, a target AMF404, and a target access network device 405;
  • the network device 402 and the source AMF403 belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network;
  • the target AMF404 belongs to the second PLMN network;
  • the source AMF403 and the target AMF404 are connected through a communication interface;
  • the source access network device 402 is used to determine the target access network
  • the terminal device 401 is used to determine the target access network device 405 according to the frequency point information, and initiate a redirection request to the target access network device 405;
  • the request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device 401;
  • source AMFs and target AMFs of different operators communicate through a communication interface (for example, the communication interface may be an N14+ interface).
  • the source access network device indicates the frequency point of the target access network device to the terminal device by discovering the frequency point of the target access network device, so that the terminal device can Access to the target access network device according to the frequency point information.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUTI of the terminal device, and obtains the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF.
  • the target AMF can create a session for the terminal device in the second PLMN network according to the session information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be redirected to the second PLMN network. In this way, the redirection of connected terminal devices among the networks of multiple operators is realized.
  • the source access network device 402 is specifically used to: determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device 401 accesses the second PLMN network; determine the target PLMN The frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device 405 .
  • the target AMF404 is further configured to send a first request message to the source AMF403; the first request message is used to request the context information and the user permanent identifier SUPI of the terminal device 401; the source AMF403 is used to The first request message sends a first response message to the target AMF404; the first response message includes context information and SUPI of the terminal device 401; the target AMF404 is also used to determine the terminal device 401 according to the SUPI, and create a context for the terminal device 401 according to the context information .
  • the target AMF404 is specifically configured to: analyze the first GUTI, determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; determine the AMF represented by the GUAMI as the source AMF403.
  • the source AMF 403 is further configured to send the PLMN list to the source access network device 402;
  • the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device 401, the serving PLMN, the equivalent public land mobile
  • the network EPLMN is the PLMN selected last time; the source access network device 402 is also used to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
  • the source access network device 402 is specifically configured to: determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device 401 according to the PLMN list; determine the home network of the terminal device 401 according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device 401 ; Determine that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device 401 in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; determine that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
  • the source AMF403 is also used to send the mobility restriction list to the source access network device 402; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the affiliation of the terminal device 401 The PLMN ID of the network in the second PLMN network; the source access network device 402 is configured to receive the mobility restriction list, and determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
  • the source AMF403 is specifically configured to: determine the location information of the terminal device 401; determine that at the location represented by the location information of the terminal device 401, the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network; Determine the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device 401 to access the network in the second PLMN network; Determine that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device 401 to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
  • the source access network device 402 is also used to: determine the access network device adjacent to the source access network device 402 in the second PLMN network as the target access network device 405; determine the target access network device 405; Frequency point information of the access network device 405.
  • the target access network device 405 is also used to: obtain the target PLMN ID, the location information of the terminal device 401, and the slice information requested by the terminal device 401; according to the target PLMN ID, the terminal device 401's The location information, and the slice information requested by the terminal device 401 determine the target AMF 404 .
  • the source AMF403 is further configured to send the first slice indication information to the target AMF404; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice information, and the first slice information is the terminal device 401 Slicing information in the home network.
  • the source AMF403 is specifically configured to: determine the first slice information when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF403 and the target AMF404 are different; generate the first slice indication according to the first slice information information.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate the slice information of the terminal device 401 in the first PLMN network, and the slice information of the mapped terminal device 401 in the home network in the first network.
  • the target AMF404 is specifically used to: when the first PLMN network is the home network, determine that the slice information of the terminal device 401 in the first PLMN network is the first slice information; when the first PLMN network is not In the case of the home network, it is determined that the slice information of the mapped terminal device 401 in the first network in the home network is the first slice information.
  • the target AMF404 is further configured to: determine the first slice information; determine the second slice information mapped to the first slice information in the second PLMN network; according to the second slice information, and the terminal At least one item in the location information of the device 401 determines a target session management function SMF; the target SMF is an SMF in the second PLMN network.
  • the target AMF404 is also used to send a registration status update message to the source AMF403; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF403 to release the preset session; the preset session is established for the terminal device 401 in the source AMF403 The target AMF404 does not support the session; the source AMF403 is also used to release the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
  • the system further includes: a home unified data management function UDM406; a target AMF404, which is also used to send a context request message to the home UDM406; the context request message is used to request the subscription data of the terminal device 401 to the UDM406;
  • the UDM406 is configured to send the subscription data of the terminal device 401 to the target AMF404 in response to the context request message.
  • the target AMF404 is further configured to acquire the subscription data of the terminal device 401 from the source AMF403 through the communication interface.
  • the system further includes: a target network slice selection function NSSF408; a target AMF404, which is also used to initiate a query to the target NSSF408 according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and support the second slice AMF list of information.
  • a target network slice selection function NSSF408 a target network slice selection function NSSF408
  • a target AMF404 which is also used to initiate a query to the target NSSF408 according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and support the second slice AMF list of information.
  • the target AMF 404 is further configured to query the slice mapping relationship configured in the target AMF 404 according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and a list of AMFs supporting the second slice information.
  • the system further includes: a first AMF; a target AMF404, which is also used to: determine whether the target AMF404 is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; if not included, according to the AMF The list identifies the first AMF.
  • the target AMF 404 is further configured to send first indication information to the target access network device 405, where the first indication information includes at least one of the following: the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, the second slice information; the target access network device 405 is configured to generate second indication information according to the first indication information, and send the second indication information to the first AMF; the second indication information includes at least one of the following: an identifier of the first AMF, The registration request message, the second slice information; the first AMF, configured to determine at least one of the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information according to the second indication information.
  • the target AMF 404 is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF;
  • the third indication information includes at least one of the following: a registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device 401, The second slice information;
  • the first AMF is configured to determine at least one of the registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device 401, and the second slice information according to the third indication information.
  • the system further includes: a home SMF407 and a home policy control function PCF408; the home SMF407 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the home PCF408; the fourth indication information is used to indicate SM policy management; And indicate the location information of the terminal device 401 to the home PCF 408 .
  • the target AMF 404 is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device 405, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the PLMN list and the mobility restriction list.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which is used to realize the redirection of a terminal device in a connected state between networks of multiple operators.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which can be applied to any communication system in FIGS. 2-4 .
  • the method includes:
  • the source access network device determines frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • the source access network device determines the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network; the source access network device determines the PLMN ID corresponding to the target PLMN ID.
  • the frequency point information of the PLMN network is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • the process of the source access network device determining the frequency point information of the target access network device can be understood by referring to the process of the source access network device selecting the target PLMN ID and the frequency of the target access network device in the above scenario 2. I won't repeat them here.
  • the source access network device sends frequency point information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the frequency point information from the source access network device.
  • the terminal device determines the target access network device according to the frequency point information.
  • the terminal device searches for signals sent by each access network device, and selects an access network device whose signal frequency point information is the same as the above frequency point information as a target access network device.
  • the terminal device initiates a redirection request to the target access network device.
  • the target access network device receives the redirection request from the terminal device.
  • the redirection request includes the first GUTI of the terminal device; the first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network.
  • the redirection request is a mobility registration update Registration Request sent by the terminal device to the target access network device.
  • the Registration Request carries the 5G-GUTI allocated by the first PLMN network to the terminal device, the TAI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, the list of PDU sessions that the terminal device needs to activate, and the NSSAI requested by the terminal device.
  • the target access network device forwards the redirection request to the target AMF.
  • the target AMF receives the redirection request from the target access network device.
  • the target access network device is selected according to the PLMN ID (that is, the above-mentioned target PLMN ID) that the terminal device accesses the target access network device, the TAI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and the TAI of the terminal device
  • the NSSAI requested by the device selects the target AMF. After selecting the target AMF, forward the above-mentioned redirection request to the target AMF.
  • the target AMF determines the source AMF according to the redirection request.
  • the target AMF parses the redirection request, and determines the first GUTI carried in the redirection request.
  • the target AMF parses the first GUTI, and determines a globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; the target AMF determines that the AMF represented by the GUAMI is the source AMF.
  • the target AMF sends a session information request message to the source AMF.
  • the source AMF receives the session information request message from the target AMF.
  • the above session request message is: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request.
  • the message carries the NAS message complete Registration Request.
  • the session request message is used to request the source AMF to obtain the SUPI (that is, IMSI) of the terminal device and the context information of the terminal device.
  • the context information of the terminal device includes: the AUSF ⁇ PCF ⁇ UDM information of the terminal device in the home network, the access and mobility context of the terminal device, the context of each PDU session of the terminal device, the Allowed NSSAI of the terminal device in HPLMN and the corresponding HPLMN.
  • the source AMF sends the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF.
  • the above session request message is: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response.
  • the message carries SUPI, UE Context, SMF information, DNN(s), source NSSAI(s) and PDU Session ID(s).
  • the target AMF After receiving the session information, the target AMF creates a context for the terminal device in the second PLMN network according to the session information.
  • the source AMF needs to indicate to the target AMF the slice information of the terminal device in the home network (denoted as the first slice information), so that the target AMF can map the terminal device in the home network according to the first slice information.
  • Slice information in the second PLMN network (denoted as second slice information).
  • the source AMF and the target AMF can indicate the first slice information and determine the second slice information in the following manner, which will be described in detail below:
  • the source AMF adds a new information element message to indicate the first slice information in the session request message.
  • the source AMF sends the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext message to the target AMF, determine whether the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are the same. If not, add a first information element message (for example, allowedHomeNssai) to Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext to indicate the first slice information.
  • a first information element message for example, allowedHomeNssai
  • the target AMF parses and acquires the first cell message, and determines the first slice information according to the first cell message.
  • the first cell message is carried in UeContext object>MmContext->allowedHomeNssai.
  • Method 2 The source AMF indicates the first slice information according to the original information element of the session request message, and the target AMF determines the first slice information by analyzing different information elements from the session request message according to different mobile scenarios of the terminal device.
  • the session request message is specifically used to indicate the slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and the mapped slice information of the terminal device in the home network in the first network At least one of the .
  • the target AMF parses the session request message according to different mobile scenarios of the terminal device to determine the first slice information.
  • the target AMF determines that slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network is the first slice information when the first PLMN network is the home network.
  • the source AMF transfers slice information to the target AMF through UeContextTransferRspData->UeContext target>MmContex target>allowedNssai in Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext, and the target AMF regards allowedNssai as the first slice information.
  • the target AMF determines that the mapped slice information of the terminal device in the first network in the home network is the first slice information .
  • the source AMF transfers slice information to the target AMF through UeContextTransferRspData->UeContex target>MmContex target>nssaiMappingLis target>hNssai in Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext, and the target AMF regards hNssai as the first slice information.
  • source AMFs and target AMFs of different operators communicate through a communication interface (for example, the communication interface may be an N14+ interface).
  • the source access network device indicates the frequency point of the target access network device to the terminal device by discovering the frequency point of the target access network device, so that the terminal device can Access to the target access network device according to the frequency point information.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUTI of the terminal device, and obtains the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF.
  • the target AMF can create a session for the terminal device in the second PLMN network according to the session information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be redirected to the second PLMN network. In this way, the redirection of connected terminal devices among the networks of multiple operators is realized.
  • the mobile scenarios of the terminal device in this application include the following scenarios 4-6.
  • Scenario 4 The terminal device moves from the first area to the second area;
  • Scenario 5 The terminal device moves from the second area to the first area;
  • Scenario 6 The terminal device moves from the second area to the third area.
  • Scenario 4 The terminal device moves from the first area to the second area.
  • the redirection process of the terminal device includes the following steps:
  • the source access network device sends a context release request to the source AMF.
  • the source access network device When the source access network device initiates the context release process of the terminal device to the source AMF, it will send an AN Connectiong Release message to the terminal device to indicate the redirection frequency point to the terminal, that is, the NR frequency F2 of operator X (described in the first part above)
  • the selection function of target PLMN-ID and frequency by NG-RAN and 5GC The selection function of target PLMN-ID and frequency by NG-RAN and 5GC).
  • the source access network device releases the context.
  • the source AMF of operator A sends to the source access network device: UE Context Release Command.
  • the source access network device replies to the source AMF: UE Context Release Complete.
  • the terminal device sends a mobility registration update request to the target access network device.
  • the mobility registration update request is: Registration Request.
  • the mobility registration update request carries the 5G-GUTI allocated by operator A to the terminal device, the TAI of operator A, the list of PDU sessions that need to be activated, and the requested NSSAI (the NSSAI is the NSSAI of the terminal device in the source PLMN network, which cannot for AMF selection and SMF selection in the target network).
  • the target access network device selects a target AMF.
  • the target access network device selects the target AMF according to the PLMN-ID, TAI, and requested NSSAI selected by the terminal device.
  • the target access network device forwards the mobility registration update request to the target AMF.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the 5G-GUTI allocated by operator A to the terminal equipment.
  • the GUAMI of the source AMF is included in the 5G-GUTI.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUAMF.
  • the target AMF sends to the source AMF: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request.
  • Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request carries: NAS message complete Registration Request, the target AMF obtains the SUPI (IMSI) of the terminal device and the context of the terminal device from the source AMF, the context includes the AUSF ⁇ PCF ⁇ UDM information of the terminal device in the home network, the connection Entry and mobility context, context of each PDU session, Allowed NSSAI in HPLMN and corresponding HPLMN, etc.
  • the Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request carries the PLMN ID selected when the terminal device accesses the target access network device (that is, the requested PLMN: request PLMN), and the target PLMN is the PLMN ID carried in the GUAMI of the terminal device.
  • the source AMF sends a Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response to the target AMF.
  • Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response carries SUPI, UE Context, SMF information, DNN(s), source NSSAI(s) and PDU Session ID(s).
  • the target AMF After receiving the context of the terminal device from the source AMF, the target AMF creates a context for the terminal device.
  • the target AMF needs to map slice resources for the terminal device in the target network according to the slice resources of the terminal device in the home network.
  • a security process is performed between the terminal device and the home AUSF.
  • the target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF.
  • the registration status update message is: Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate.
  • the registration status update message carries: PDU Session ID(s).
  • the target AMF informs the source AMF through this message that the registration of the terminal device in the target AMF has been completed. For slices and sessions that the target AMF cannot support (according to network capabilities and network sharing agreements), the target AMF notifies the source AMF in this message, and the source The AMF initiates the release procedure for sessions that cannot be supported.
  • transferStatus in the message set to "Transferred", carrying the PDU Session ID list transferred to the target AMF.
  • the target AMF discovers the belonging UDM.
  • the target AMF discovers the process of belonging to the UDM through the inter-network security signaling gateway according to the SUPI.
  • the target AMF acquires context information of the terminal device.
  • the target AMF sends a context registration message to the home UDM.
  • the context registration message is: Nudm_UECM_Registration.
  • the target AMF uses this procedure to register the target AMF with the home UDM, and the home UDM sends a reply response.
  • the target AMF sends Nudm_SDM_Get to the home UDM. Through this message, the target AMF obtains the subscription data of the terminal device from the home UDM, including access and mobility data, SMF selection migration data, context data of the terminal device in the SMF, etc., and the UDM replies with a response message.
  • the target AMF obtains the terminal device's access and mobility data, terminal device context information, SMF information, etc. from the source AMF through the cross-PLMN N14+ interface, without obtaining the terminal device's subscription data from the UDM.
  • the target AMF sends to the home UDM: Nudm_UECM_Subscribe, the vAMF uses this process to subscribe to the notification of the home UDM, and the home UDM replies.
  • the home UDM sends the source AMF: Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotification.
  • the target AMF registers with the home UDM, and the home UDM notifies the source AMF to deregister.
  • the source AMF sets a relevant timer, and deletes the context information of the terminal device after the timer expires.
  • the source AMF sends to the home UDM: Nudm_SDM_unsubscribe, canceling the subscription of the home UDM notification message.
  • the target AMF discovers the target SMF.
  • the target AMF initiates a target SMF (shared SMF) discovery process.
  • the target AMF can discover the target SMF through the location information and slice information of the terminal device.
  • the target AMF acquires mapped slice information.
  • the target AMF determines the mapped slice information by querying the target NSSF.
  • the target AMF queries the target NSSF according to the allowedHomeNssai obtained in S606, and obtains the mapped NSSAI, including Allowed NSSAI, Configured NSSAI, mapped Allowed NSSAI, Mapped Configed NSSAI, etc., and AMF SET that supports the above mapped NSSAI.
  • the target AMF determines the mapped slice information by querying the local configuration.
  • the target AMF obtains the mapped slice and the AMF SET supporting the mapped slice according to the local configuration of the target AMF.
  • the target AMF judges that AMF reselection is required, and after reselection, the The slice information is sent to the reselected AMF.
  • the method for the target AMF to send slice information to the reselected target AMF includes the following cases C and D, which will be described in detail below.
  • the target AMF sends slice information to the reselected target AMF through the target access network device.
  • the initial target AMF forwards the NAS message to the target target AMF through the RAN.
  • the initial target AMF sends a Reroute NAS message to the target access network device, which contains slice information such as the target AMF, Registration Request message, Allowed NSSAI, Configured NSSAI, mapped Allowed NSSAI, and Mapped Configured NSSAI.
  • the target access network device sends an Initial UE message to the target target AMF, including slice information obtained from the initial target AMF.
  • the target AMF directly sends slice information to the reselected target AMF.
  • the initial target AMF directly forwards the NAS message to the target target AMF
  • the initial target AMF directly sends the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify message to the target target AMF, carrying the Registration Request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the MM Context of the terminal device, and the slice mapping information etc.
  • the target AMF sends a PDU session context creation request to the target SMF.
  • the PDU session context creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request.
  • the PDU session context creation request includes at least one of the following: PDU Session ID and SM Context ID obtained from S606, UE location info, Access Type, RAT Type, Operation Type, where the SM Context ID points to the source SMF, and the target AMF sets the Operation Type Set to "UP activate", which means to establish the N3 tunnel of the user plane for the PDU Session(s).
  • the target SMF determines the PDU session context.
  • the target SMF sends to the source SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request (SM context type, SM Context ID), the target SMF uses the SM Context ID received from the target AMF in this step to obtain all SM Context from the source SMF, including PDN Connection Context and 5G SM Context.
  • Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request SM context type, SM Context ID
  • the target SMF uses the SM Context ID received from the target AMF in this step to obtain all SM Context from the source SMF, including PDN Connection Context and 5G SM Context.
  • the source SMF determines the PDU session context information of the terminal device according to the SM Context ID, and sends a response to the target SMF.
  • the target SMF selects a target UPF.
  • the target SMF initiates an N4 session establishment process to the target UPF.
  • the target SMF sends a PDU session creation request to the source SMF.
  • the PDU session creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request.
  • the PDU session context creation request includes at least one of the following: target UPF DL tunnel information, SM Context ID of the target SMF, Access Type, RAT type).
  • the target SMF initiates a session establishment process to the source SMF, carrying the N9 tunnel information allocated by the target UPF.
  • the source SMF modifies the N4 session.
  • the source SMF initiates an SM policy management process to the PCF, and notifies the PCF of the location information of the terminal device.
  • the source SMF initiates an N4 session modification process to the source UPF, the source SMF provides the N9 tunnel information of the target UPF, and the source UPF allocates N9 tunnel resources.
  • the source SMF sends a PDU session creation response to the target SMF.
  • the PDU session creation response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response.
  • the PDU session creation response includes the N9 tunnel information of the source UPF received from S617.
  • the downlink data channel from the source UPF to the target UPF is established.
  • the target SMF sends a PDU session context creation response to the target AMF.
  • the PDU session creation response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response.
  • the PDU session creation response includes at least one of the following: N2 SM information (PDU Session ID, QFI(s), QoS profile(s), CN N3 Tunnel Info, source NSSAI), N1 SM Container, Cause).
  • CN N3 Tunnel Info refers to the uplink tunnel information of the target UPF.
  • the target AMF sends an initial context request to the target access network device.
  • the initial context request is: Initial Context Request.
  • the initial context request includes at least one of the following: NAS message Registration Accept, N2 SM information received from the target SMF in S619, mobility restriction list, frequency priority, and equivalent PLMN list for assisting the terminal device in PLMN-ID selection .
  • the target access network device allocates RAN tunnels for the PDU session, and allocates QoS resources for the PDU session.
  • the uplink data channel from the terminal device to the target UPF to the source UPF is established.
  • the target AMF sends the mapped slice information to the terminal device, and sends the PLMN list or the mobility restriction list to the terminal device and the target access network device.
  • the mapped slice information includes: mapped Allowed NSSAI, Mapped Configed NSSAI.
  • the terminal device sends a registration completion message to the target AMF.
  • the registration completion message is: Registration Complete.
  • Registration Complete is a NAS message.
  • the terminal device replies a NAS message Registration Complete to the target AMF through the target access network device.
  • the target AMF sends a PDU session context update request to the target SMF.
  • the PDU session context update request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request.
  • the PDU session context update request includes at least one of the following: N2 SM information, RAT type, Access type, and the N2 SM information received by the target AMF from step 17.
  • the target SMF modifies the N4 session.
  • the target SMF initiates the N4 session modification process to the target UPF.
  • the target SMF sends AN Tunnel information to the target UPF, and the downlink channel from the target UPF to the target access network device to the terminal device is established.
  • the target SMF updates the PDU session context.
  • the target SMF sends to the source SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update request (RAT type, Access type), and the source SMF updates the PDU Session.
  • the source SMF replies to the target SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
  • the target SMF replies to the target AMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
  • the target SMF sends a PDU session context update response to the target AMF.
  • the PDU session context update response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
  • scenario 4 when the terminal device moves from the first area to the second area, the redirection process of the terminal device has been described in detail.
  • Scenario 5 The terminal device moves from the second area to the first area.
  • the redirection process of the terminal device includes the following steps:
  • the source access network device sends a context release request to the source AMF, and releases the context.
  • the source access network device sends a context release request to the source AMF.
  • the source access network device When the source access network device initiates the context release process of the terminal device to the source AMF, it will send an AN Connectiong Release message to the terminal device to indicate the redirection frequency point to the terminal, that is, the NR frequency F1 of operator A.
  • the source AMF sends to the source access network device: UE Context Release.
  • the source access network device replies to the source AMF: UE Context Release Complete.
  • the terminal device sends a mobility registration update request to the target access network device.
  • the mobility registration update request is: Registration Request.
  • the mobility registration update request carries the 5G-GUTI allocated to the terminal device by the source AMF of operator X (or operator Y), the TAI of operator X (or Y), the list of PDU sessions that need to be activated, and the requested NSSAI.
  • the target access network device forwards the mobility registration update request of the terminal device to the target AMF.
  • the target access network device selects a target AMF.
  • the target access network device forwards the mobility registration update request to the target AMF.
  • the mobility registration update request carries Registration Type: mobility registration updating, 5G-GUTI, UE security capability, NAS message container, N2 message (Location Information (tai tac), Cell Identity and Establishment cause.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the 5G-GUTI allocated to the terminal device by the source AMF of operator X (or Y).
  • the GUAMI of the source AMF is included in the 5G-GUTI.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUAMF.
  • the target AMF acquires context information of the terminal device.
  • the target AMF sends a context request message to the source AMF.
  • the context request message is: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request.
  • the NAS message complete Registration Request is carried in the context request message.
  • the target AMF obtains the SUPI (that is, the IMSI) of the terminal device and the context of the terminal device from the source AMF.
  • the UE Context includes the Allowed NSSAI in the HPLMN and the corresponding HPLMN.
  • the source AMF sends a context response message to the target AMF.
  • the context response message is: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response.
  • the context response message carries SUPI, UE Context, SMF information, DNN(s), source NSSAI(s) and PDU Session ID(s).
  • the target AMF After receiving the context of the terminal device from the source AMF, the target AMF creates a context for the terminal device.
  • S707 A security process is performed between the terminal device and the home AUSF.
  • the target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF.
  • the registration status update message is: Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate.
  • the registration status update message carries: PDU Session ID(s).
  • the target AMF informs the source AMF through this message that the registration of the terminal device in the target AMF has been completed. For slices and sessions that the target AMF cannot support (according to network capabilities and network source protocols), the target AMF notifies the source AMF in this message that the source The AMF initiates the release procedure for sessions that cannot be supported.
  • the transferStatus in the message “Transferred", carrying the PDU Session ID list transferred to the target AMF.
  • the target AMF judges that the terminal equipment has returned to the home network, and instructs to delete the source SMF and UPF in the message.
  • the target AMF discovers the belonging UDM.
  • the target AMF discovers the process of belonging to the UDM through the inter-network security signaling gateway according to the SUPI.
  • the target AMF acquires context information of the terminal device.
  • the target AMF sends a context registration message to the home UDM.
  • the context registration message is: Nudm_UECM_Registration.
  • the target AMF uses this procedure to register the target AMF with the home UDM, and the home UDM sends a reply response.
  • the target AMF obtains the subscription data through Nudm_SDM_Get (optional step).
  • v-AMF obtains the subscription data of the terminal device from hUDM, including access and mobility data, SMF selection migration data, context data of the terminal device in SMF, etc., and UDM replies with a response message.
  • the target AMF obtains the access and mobility data of the terminal device, the context information of the terminal device, SMF information, etc. from the source AMF through the N14 interface across the PLMN, and does not need to obtain the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM.
  • the target AMF subscribes to the subscription data change notification service through Nudm_SDM_Subscribe.
  • the home UDM sends Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotify to the source AMF.
  • the target AMF is registered with the home UDM, and the home UDM notifies the logout of the source AMF.
  • the source AMF sets a relevant timer, and deletes the context information of the terminal device after the timer expires.
  • the target AMF sends a PDU session creation request to the target SMF.
  • the session creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext.
  • Session creation request includes: SUPI, DNN, source NSSAI(s), Request Type, PDU Session ID, AMF ID, SM Context ID, User location information.
  • the belonging SMF requests the session context.
  • the home SMF sends a session context request to the source SMF.
  • the session context request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request.
  • the session context request includes: SM context type, SM Context ID received in this step), to obtain SM Context from the source SMF.
  • the source SMF sends a session context reply response message to the target SMF.
  • the session context reply response message is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Response.
  • the session context reply response message is used to return SM Context (PDU Session ID, DNN, sNssai, session AMBR, QoS Flow list, belonging UPF PSA tunnel info).
  • the target SMF sends an N4 session modification request to the home UPF.
  • the N4 session modification request is: N4 Session Modification Request.
  • N4 session modification request includes: forwarding parameters.
  • the attributable UPF replies to the attributable SMF: N4 session modification response, creating CN Tunnel Info, TEID and IP of UP.
  • the target SMF sends a PDU session creation response to the target AMF.
  • the session creation response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response.
  • the session creation response includes: PDU Session ID, N2 SM Information.
  • the N2 SM Information includes the N3UP address and the uplink CN Tunnel ID and QoS parameters of the UPF, and the PDU Session user plane connection belonging to the SMF is activated.
  • the downlink user plane belonging to the UPF to the target access network device is established.
  • the target AMF sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device.
  • the registration acceptance message is: Registration Accept.
  • the registration accept message is used to notify the terminal device that the registration request is received.
  • the registration acceptance message includes the allocated 5G-GUTI, carrying the mobility restriction list, frequency priority, equivalent PLMN list, etc. for assisting terminal equipment in PLMN-ID selection, TAI list, Allowed NSSAI, Configured NSSAI, PDU Session status, etc.
  • the EPLMN list sets PLMN-ID-A, PLMN-ID-XA and PLMN-ID-YA as equivalent PLMNs.
  • the uplink user plane from the terminal device to the target access network device to the home UPF is established.
  • the terminal device sends a registration completion message to the target AMF.
  • the registration completion message is: Registration Complete.
  • the source AMF initiates a PDU session release process to the source SMF.
  • the source AMF sends an Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext Request to the source SMF, indicating that only the session resources of the source SMF are released.
  • the target AMF sends a PDU session context update request message to the target SMF.
  • the PDU session context update request message is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request.
  • the session update request message includes: PDU Session ID, N2 SM information, N2 SM information type, UE Location.
  • the target SMF initiates an SM policy management process to the PCF.
  • the SM policy management process is used to notify the PCF of the location information of the terminal equipment.
  • the home SMF initiates an N4 Session modification request to the home UPF, and updates the home network side RAN SM N3 forwarding Information list to the home UPF.
  • the home UPF replies N4 Session Modification Response to the home SMF.
  • the target SMF sends a PDU session context update response message to the target AMF.
  • the PDU session context update response message is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
  • the PDU session context update response includes: upCnxState: ACTIVATED, which activates the user plane resources of the PDU Session.
  • the source SMF releases the resources of the source UPF.
  • scenario 5 when the terminal device moves from the second area to the first area, the redirection process of the terminal device has been described in detail.
  • the movement of the terminal device from the second area to the first area in the above scenario 5 is only an exemplary description.
  • the above process is applicable to various scenarios where the terminal device moves from the home network to the shared network (for example, the terminal device moves from the third area to the first area), and the implementation process is similar in other scenarios. This application does not limit this.
  • Scenario 6 The terminal device moves from the second area to the third area.
  • the redirection process of the terminal device includes the following steps:
  • the source access network device sends a context release request to the source AMF.
  • the source access network device When the source access network device initiates the context release process of the terminal device to the source AMF, it will send an AN Connectiong Release message to the terminal device to indicate the redirection frequency point to the terminal, that is, the NR frequency F3 of operator Y.
  • the source access network device releases the context.
  • the source AMF sends to the source access network device: UE Context Release Command.
  • the source access network device replies to the source AMF: UE Context Release Complete.
  • the terminal device sends a mobility registration update request to the target access network device.
  • the mobility registration update request is: Registration Request.
  • the mobility registration update request carries the 5G-GUTI allocated by operator X to the terminal device, the TAI of the terminal device in operator X, the list of PDU sessions that need to be activated, and the requested NSSAI.
  • the target access network device selects a target AMF.
  • the target access network device selects the target AMF according to the PLMN-ID, TAI, and requested NSSAI selected by the terminal device.
  • the target access network device forwards the mobility registration update request to the target AMF.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the 5G-GUTI allocated by operator A to the terminal equipment.
  • the GUAMI of the source AMF is included in the 5G-GUTI.
  • the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUAMF.
  • the target AMF sends to the source AMF: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request.
  • Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request carries: NAS message complete Registration Request.
  • the target AMF obtains the SUPI (IMSI) of the terminal device and the context of the terminal device from the source AMF.
  • the UE Context includes the AUSF ⁇ PCF ⁇ UDM information of the terminal device in the home network, the access and mobility context of the terminal device, and each PDU session In the context of HPLMN's Allowed NSSAI and the corresponding HPLMN.
  • the source AMF replies to the target AMF: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response.
  • the message carries SUPI, UE Context, SMF information, DNN(s), source NSSAI(s) and PDU Session ID(s).
  • the target AMF After receiving the context of the terminal device from the source AMF, the target AMF creates a context for the terminal device.
  • S807 A security process is performed between the terminal device and the home AUSF.
  • the target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF.
  • the registration status update message is: Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate
  • the registration status update message carries: PDU Session ID(s).
  • the target AMF notifies the source AMF through this message that the registration of the terminal device in the target AMF has been completed, carrying the PDU Session ID list transferred to the target AMF.
  • the target AMF notifies the source AMF in this message, and the source AMF starts the process of releasing the sessions that cannot be supported.
  • the target AMF discovers the belonging UDM.
  • the target AMF discovers the process of belonging to the UDM through the inter-network security signaling gateway according to the SUPI.
  • the target AMF acquires context information of the terminal device.
  • the context registration message is: Nudm_UECM_Registration.
  • the target AMF uses this procedure to register the target AMF with the home UDM, and the home UDM sends a reply response.
  • the target AMF sends Nudm_SDM_Get to the home UDM. Through this message, the target AMF obtains the subscription data of the terminal device from the home UDM, including access and mobility data, SMF selection migration data, context data of the terminal device in the SMF, etc., and the UDM replies with a response message.
  • the target AMF obtains the terminal device's access and mobility data, terminal device context information, SMF information, etc. from the source AMF through the cross-PLMN N14+ interface, without obtaining the terminal device's subscription data from the UDM.
  • the target AMF sends to the home UDM: Nudm_UECM_Subscribe, the vAMF uses this procedure to subscribe to the notification of the home UDM, and the home UDM replies.
  • the home UDM sends the source AMF: Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotification.
  • the target AMF registers with the home UDM, and the home UDM notifies the source AMF to deregister.
  • the source AMF sets a relevant timer, and deletes the context information of the terminal device after the timer expires.
  • the source AMF sends to the home UDM: Nudm_SDM_unsubscribe, canceling the subscription of the home UDM notification message.
  • the target AMF discovers the target SMF.
  • the target AMF initiates a target SMF (shared SMF) discovery process.
  • the target AMF can discover the target SMF through the location information and slice information of the terminal device.
  • the target AMF sends a PDU session context creation request to the target SMF.
  • the PDU session context creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request.
  • the PDU session context creation request includes at least one of the following: PDU Session ID and SM Context ID obtained from S806, UE location info, Access Type, RAT Type, Operation Type.
  • the SM Context ID points to the belonging SMF, and the target AMF sets the Operation Type to "UP activate", indicating that the N3 tunnel of the user plane is established for the PDU Session(s).
  • the target AMF determines the PDU session context.
  • the target SMF sends to the source SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request (SM context type, SM Context ID), and the target SMF uses the SM Context ID received from the target AMF in this step to obtain all SM contexts from the source SMF, including PDN Connection Context and 5G SM context, etc.
  • Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request SM context type, SM Context ID
  • the target SMF uses the SM Context ID received from the target AMF in this step to obtain all SM contexts from the source SMF, including PDN Connection Context and 5G SM context, etc.
  • the home SMF determines the PDU session context information of the terminal device according to the SM Context ID, and sends a response to the shared SMF.
  • the target SMF selects a target UPF.
  • the target SMF initiates an N4 session establishment process to the target UPF.
  • the target SMF creates a PDU session.
  • the target SMF sends a PDU session creation request to the source SMF.
  • the PDU session creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request.
  • the PDU session context creation request includes at least one of the following: the SM Context ID obtained from the target AMF and the tunnel endpoints (tunnel endpoints f) of the downlink cache data that needs to be cached.
  • the source SMF sends to the source UPF: N4 session modification, and sends the tunnel information of the downlink buffer data allocated by the target SMF to the source UPF.
  • a forwarding channel of downlink buffered data from the source UPF to the target UPF is established.
  • the source SMF replies to the target SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
  • the target SMF updates the PDU session.
  • the target SMF sends to the home SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request (SM Context ID, downlink tunnel information of the target UPF, SM Context ID of the target SMF, Access Type, RAT type), the session establishment process initiated by the shared SMF to the home SMF , carrying the N9 tunnel information allocated by the shared UPF.
  • the SM Context ID is obtained from the source SMF in step 13.
  • the home SMF initiates an SM policy management process to the PCF, and notifies the PCF of the location information of the terminal device.
  • the home SMF initiates the N4 session modification to the home UPF, carrying the downlink tunnel information of the target UPF, and the home UPF allocates the CN N9 tunnel information.
  • the belonging SMF sends to the target SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
  • the downlink data channel from the home UPF to the target UPF is established, the home UPF stops sending the downlink cached data to the source UPF, and the END-MARKER that is produced and sent to the source UPF is sent to the target UPF.
  • the target UPF starts the timer after receiving the END-MARKER, and releases the indirect forwarding channel after the timer expires.
  • the target SMF sends a PDU session context creation response to the target AMF.
  • the PDU session context creation response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response.
  • the PDU session context creation response includes at least one of the following: N2 SM information (PDU Session ID, QFI(s), QoS profile(s) CN N3 Tunnel Info, source NSSAI), N1 SM Container, Cause).
  • N2 SM information PDU Session ID, QFI(s), QoS profile(s)
  • CN N3 Tunnel Info refers to the uplink tunnel information of the target UPF.
  • the target SMF sets a timer, and releases the indirect forwarding channel for downlink buffered data after the timer expires.
  • the target AMF sends an initial context request to the target access network device.
  • the initial context request is: Initial Context Request.
  • the initial context request includes at least one of the following items: carry NAS message Registration Accept, carry N2 SM information received from the target SMF in S818, carry the mobility restriction list, frequency priority, equivalent PLMN list, etc.
  • the wireless network allocates RAN tunnels for PDU sessions, and allocates QoS resources for PDU sessions.
  • the uplink data channel from the terminal device to the target UPF to the home UPF is established.
  • the terminal device sends a registration completion message to the target AMF.
  • the registration completion message is: Registration Complete.
  • the source AMF releases the PDU session context.
  • the source AMF sends a PDU session context release request to the source SMF.
  • the PDU session context release request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext Request.
  • the PDU session context release request is used to indicate that only the source SMF's PDU session context is released but the home SMF's PDU session context cannot be released.
  • the terminal device context is deleted and session resources are released.
  • the source SMF sets a timer, and releases the indirect forwarding channel resources of the source UPF after the timer expires.
  • the source SMF sends a PDU session context release response to the source AMF.
  • the PDU session context release response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext response.
  • the target AMF sends a PDU session context update request to the target SMF.
  • the PDU session context update request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request.
  • the PDU session context update request includes: N2 SM information, RAT type, Access type, carrying the N2 SM information received by the target AMF from S820.
  • the target SMF modifies the N4 session.
  • the target SMF initiates the N4 session modification process to the target UPF.
  • the target SMF sends AN Tunnel information to the target UPF, and the downlink channel from the target UPF to the target access network device to the terminal device is established.
  • the target SMF updates the PDU session context.
  • the target SMF sends to the home SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update request (RAT type, Access type), the home SMF updates the PDU Session.
  • the shared SMF sends a PDU session context update response to the target AMF.
  • the PDU session context update response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
  • the target SMF and the source SMF release the indirect forwarding channel.
  • S826a After the timer in S817 arrives, the target SMF initiates an N4 session modification process to the target UPF to release the indirect forwarding channel.
  • scenario 6 when the terminal device moves from the second area to the third area, the redirection process of the terminal device has been described in detail.
  • the movement of the terminal device from the second area to the third area in the above scenario 6 is only an exemplary description.
  • the above process is applicable to various scenarios where the terminal device moves from one shared network to another shared network (for example, the terminal device moves from the third area to the second area), and the implementation process is similar in other scenarios. This application does not limit this.
  • the functional modules of the communication device may be divided according to the above method example.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules.
  • the division of modules in this embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be another division manner in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 9 it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device includes: a communication unit 901 and a processing unit 902 .
  • the communication unit 901 and the processing unit 902, the communication unit 901, is used for redirecting the request from the target access network device; the redirecting request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device; the first GUTI is the terminal device in the first GUTI in the PLMN network; the processing unit 902 is used to determine the first GUTI of the terminal device according to the redirection request, and determine the source AMF according to the first GUTI; the communication unit 901 is also used to send a session information request message to the source AMF; communication Unit 901 is further configured to receive session information from the terminal device of the source AMF.
  • the processing unit 902 is specifically configured to: instruct the communication unit 901 to send a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context information and the user permanent identifier SUPI of the terminal device; A first response message from the source AMF; the first response message includes context information and SUPI of the terminal device; the terminal device is determined according to the SUPI, and a context is created for the terminal device according to the context information.
  • the processing unit 902 is specifically configured to: parse the first GUTI, determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; determine the AMF represented by the GUAMI as the source AMF.
  • the communication unit 901 is also configured to send a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is not supported by the target AMF established by the source AMF for the terminal device session.
  • the communication unit 901 is also used to send a context request message to the UDM; the context request message is used to request the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM; and the target AMF receives the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM.
  • processing unit 902 is further configured to instruct the communication unit 901 to acquire the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through the communication interface.
  • the processing unit 902 is further configured to initiate a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and the AMF list supporting the second slice information, the first slice information is the terminal The slice information of the device in the home network.
  • the processing unit 902 is further configured to determine whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; if not included, determine the first AMF according to the AMF list.
  • the communication unit 901 is further configured to send the first indication information to the target access network device, so that the target access network device forwards the identifier of the first AMF and the registration request message to the first AMF according to the first indication information, At least one item in the second slice information.
  • the communication unit 901 is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF;
  • the third indication information includes at least one of the following: a registration request message, SUPI of the terminal device, context of the terminal device, and second slice information.
  • the communication unit 901 is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the PLMN list and the mobility restriction list.
  • FIG. 10 it is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the device includes: a communication unit 1001 and a processing unit 1002 .
  • the processing unit 1002 is configured to determine the frequency point information of the target access network device, and the communication unit 1001 is configured to send the frequency point information to the terminal device; the frequency point information of the target access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the frequency point information according to the frequency point information enter the target access network device, and send a redirection request to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  • the processing unit 1002 is also used to: determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network; determine the frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the target PLMN ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • the optional communication unit 1001 is also used to receive the PLMN list from the source AMF; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following items: HPLMN of the terminal device, serving PLMN, equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN, previously selected PLMN; processing Unit 1002 is further configured to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
  • the processing unit 1002 is also configured to: determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list; the source access network device determines the home network of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device; determine the home network of the terminal device
  • the PLMN ID of the network in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is determined to be the target PLMN ID.
  • the communication unit 1001 is also configured to receive a mobility restriction list from the source AMF; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network PLMN ID; the processing unit 1002 is further configured to determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
  • the processing unit 1002 is further configured to: determine that an access network device adjacent to the source access network device in the second PLMN network is the target access network device; and determine frequency point information of the target access network device.
  • FIG. 11 it is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the device includes: a communication unit 1101 and a processing unit 1102 .
  • the processing unit 1102 is configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to receive the session information request message from the target AMF; wherein, the source AMF is the AMF determined by the target AMF according to the first GUTI of the terminal device; the processing unit 1102 is also configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to respond In the session request message, send the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF.
  • the apparatus further includes: a processing unit 1102, further configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to send the PLMN list to the source access network device;
  • the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, the equivalent public The land mobile network EPLMN, the PLMN selected last time.
  • the processing unit 1102 is further configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to send a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the home network of the terminal device in PLMN ID in the second PLMN network.
  • the processing unit 1102 is further configured to: determine the location information of the terminal device; determine that at the position represented by the location information of the terminal device, the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network; determine the second PLMN network; The PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the PLMN network; determine that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
  • the apparatus further includes: a processing unit 1102, further configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to send first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice information, and the first slice The information is slice information of the terminal equipment in the home network.
  • the processing unit 1102 is further configured to: determine first slice information when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are different; generate a first slice indication message according to the first slice information.
  • the first indication information is specifically used to indicate at least one of slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network and slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network.
  • the processing unit 1102 is further configured to: instruct the communication unit 1101 to receive a registration status update message from the target AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is a terminal device in the source AMF The established session is not supported by the target AMF; the preset session is released in response to the Registration Status Update message.
  • the processing unit may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication unit may be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface or the like.
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer executes the instruction, the computer executes each step in the method flow shown in the above-mentioned method embodiment.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions, and when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the communication method in the above method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the communication method in the above method embodiments.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be, for example, but not limited to, an electrical, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor system, device, or device, or any combination thereof. More specific examples (non-exhaustive list) of computer readable storage media include: electrical connection having one or more wires, portable computer disk, hard disk.
  • Random access memory Random Access Memory, RAM
  • read-only memory Read-Only Memory, ROM
  • erasable programmable read-only memory Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, EPROM
  • registers hard disk, optical fiber, portable compact Disk read-only memory (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM), an optical storage device, a magnetic storage device, or any other form of computer-readable storage medium in a suitable combination of the above, or values in the art.
  • An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium.
  • the storage medium may also be a component of the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium may be located in an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC).
  • a computer-readable storage medium may be any tangible medium containing or storing a program, and the program may be used by or in combination with an instruction execution system, apparatus or device.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a communication system, method and apparatus and a storage medium, relates to the technical field of communications. Redirection of connected terminal devices among networks of a plurality of operators is realized in a process of sharing a core network by the plurality of operators. The method comprises: a target AMF receiving a redirection request from a target access network device, the redirection request comprising a first globally unique temporary identifier (GUTI) of a terminal device, and the first GUTI being a GUTI of the terminal device in a first PLMN; the target AMF determining the first GUTI of the terminal device according to the redirection request, and determining a source AMF according to the first GUTI; the target AMF sending a session information request message to the source AMF; and the target AMF receiving session information of the terminal device from the source AMF. The embodiments of the present application are used in a redirection process of sharing a core network by a plurality of operators.

Description

通信***、方法、装置及存储介质Communication system, method, device and storage medium
本申请要求于2022年01月05日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210011147.5、申请名称为“通信***、方法、装置及存储介质”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210011147.5 and the application name "communication system, method, device and storage medium" submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on January 05, 2022, the entire content of which is incorporated by reference in In this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域，尤其涉及一种通信***、方法、装置及存储介质。The present application relates to the technical field of communication, and in particular to a communication system, method, device and storage medium.
背景技术Background technique
相关技术中，多个运营商共享网络时通常只共享接入网设备，共享的接入网设备分别连接各个运营商的核心网设备。终端设备通过共享的接入网设备接入到终端设备归属的核心网设备中。In related technologies, when multiple operators share a network, usually only access network equipment is shared, and the shared access network equipment is respectively connected to core network equipment of each operator. The terminal device is connected to the core network device to which the terminal device belongs through the shared access network device.
当前提出了对多个运营商共享核心网的需求，但是相关技术中缺少多个运营商共享核心网时，连接态的终端设备在多个运营商的网络之间进行重定向的方案。Currently, there is a demand for multiple operators to share the core network, but the relevant technology lacks a scheme for redirecting terminal devices in a connected state between networks of multiple operators when multiple operators share the core network.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种通信***、方法、装置及存储介质，能够在多个运营商共享核心网的过程中，实现连接态终端设备在多个运营商的网络之间进行重定向。The present application provides a communication system, method, device, and storage medium, which can realize the redirection of connected state terminal equipment among the networks of multiple operators during the process of multiple operators sharing the core network.
为达到上述目的，本申请采用如下技术方案：In order to achieve the above object, the application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面，提供一种通信***，包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；源接入网设备和源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；源AMF与目标AMF通过通信接口连接；源接入网设备，用于确定目标接入网设备的频点信息，并向终端设备发送频点信息；终端设备，用于根据频点信息确定目标接入网设备，并向目标接入网设备发起重定向请求；重定向请求中包括终端设备的第一全局唯一临时标识GUTI；第一GUTI为终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的GUTI；目标接入网设备，用于向目标AMF转发重定向请求；目标AMF，用于确定终端设备的第一GUTI，根据第一GUTI确定源AMF，并向源AMF发送会话信息请求消息；源AMF，用于响应于会话请求消息，向目标AMF发送终端设备的会话信息。In the first aspect, a communication system is provided, including: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device; the source access network device and the source AMF belong to The first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF is connected to the target AMF through a communication interface; the source access network device is used to determine the frequency point information of the target access network device and send the information to the terminal The device sends frequency point information; the terminal device is used to determine the target access network device according to the frequency point information, and initiate a redirection request to the target access network device; the redirection request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device; The first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network; the target access network device is used to forward the redirection request to the target AMF; the target AMF is used to determine the first GUTI of the terminal device, and determine the source according to the first GUTI The AMF sends a session information request message to the source AMF; the source AMF is configured to send the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF in response to the session request message.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备，具体用于：确定目标PLMD标识ID；目标PLMN ID为终端设备接入第二PLMN网络时所需选择的PLMN ID；确定目标PLMN ID对应的PLMN网络的频点信息为目标接入网设 备的频点信息。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation, the source access network device is specifically used to: determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network ; Determine the frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the target PLMN ID as the frequency point information of the target access network device.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，还用于向源AMF发送第一请求消息；第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息和用户永久标识符SUPI；源AMF，用于根据第一请求消息向目标AMF发送第一响应消息；第一响应消息包括终端设备的上下文信息和SUPI；目标AMF，还用于根据SUPI确定终端设备，并根据上下文信息为终端设备创建上下文。In combination with the above first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the target AMF is further configured to send a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context information of the terminal device and the user permanent identifier SUPI; the source AMF The AMF is used to send the first response message to the target AMF according to the first request message; the first response message includes the context information and SUPI of the terminal device; the target AMF is also used to determine the terminal device according to the SUPI, and provide the terminal device with the context information Create context.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，具体用于：解析第一GUTI，确定第一GUTI中的全局唯一AMF标识GUAMI；确定GUAMI所表征的AMF为源AMF。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the target AMF is specifically configured to: parse the first GUTI, determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; determine the AMF represented by the GUAMI as the source AMF.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF，还用于向源接入网设备发送PLMN列表；述PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN；源接入网设备，还用于从PLMN列表中确定目标PLMN。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation, the source AMF is further configured to send a PLMN list to the source access network device; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, etc. The effective public land mobile network EPLMN is the PLMN selected last time; the source access network device is also used to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备，具体用于：根据PLMN列表，确定终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID；根据终端设备的服务PLMN ID，确定终端设备的归属网络；确定终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID；确定第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the source access network device is specifically used to: determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list; determine the service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device. Home network; determine that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; determine that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF，还用于向源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表；移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；第一PLMN ID为终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID；源接入网设备，用于接收移动性限制列表，确定移动性限制列表指示的第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation, the source AMF is further configured to send a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is The PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network; the source access network device is configured to receive the mobility restriction list, and determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF，具体用于：确定终端设备的位置信息；确定在终端设备的位置信息表征的位置上，与第一PLMN网络相邻的PLMN网络为第二PLMN网络；确定第二PLMN网络中允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID；确定允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the source AMF is specifically configured to: determine the location information of the terminal device; determine the PLMN adjacent to the first PLMN network at the location represented by the location information of the terminal device The network is the second PLMN network; determine the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network; determine that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备，还用于：确定第二PLMN网络中与源接入网设备相邻的接入网设备为目标接入网设备；确定目标接入网设备的频点信息。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the source access network device is further configured to: determine an access network device adjacent to the source access network device in the second PLMN network as the target access network device ; Determine the frequency point information of the target access network device.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标接入网设备，还用于：获取目标PLMN ID，终端设备的位置信息，以及终端设备请求的切片信息；根据目标PLMN ID，终端设备的位置信息，以及终端设备请求的切片信息，确定目标AMF。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the target access network device is also used to: obtain the target PLMN ID, the location information of the terminal device, and the slice information requested by the terminal device; according to the target PLMN ID, the terminal The location information of the device and the slice information requested by the terminal device determine the target AMF.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF，还用于向目标AMF 发送第一切片指示信息；第一切片指示信息用于指示第一切片信息，第一切片信息为终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。With reference to the first aspect above, in a possible implementation, the source AMF is further configured to send the first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice information, and the first slice The slice information is the slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF，具体用于：在源AMF与目标AMF的PLMN ID不同的情况下，确定第一切片信息；根据第一切片信息，生成第一切片指示消息。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the source AMF is specifically configured to: determine the first slice information when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are different; according to the first slice information, A first slice indication message is generated.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息具体用于指示终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的切片信息，和第一网络中的映射的终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息中的至少一项；目标AMF，具体用于：在第一PLMN网络为归属网络的情况下，确定终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的切片信息为第一切片信息；在第一PLMN网络不为归属网络的情况下，确定第一网络中的映射的终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息为第一切片信息。With reference to the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is specifically used to indicate slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network. At least one item of slice information; the target AMF is specifically used to: determine that the slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network is the first slice information when the first PLMN network is the home network; If the network is not the home network, it is determined that the slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network is the first slice information.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，还用于：确定第一切片信息；确定第一切片信息在第二PLMN网络中映射的第二切片信息；根据第二切片信息，以及终端设备的位置信息中的至少一项，确定目标会话管理功能SMF；目标SMF为第二PLMN网络中的SMF。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the target AMF is further configured to: determine the first slice information; determine the second slice information mapped to the first slice information in the second PLMN network; according to the first slice information Two slice information, and at least one item of the location information of the terminal equipment, determine the target session management function SMF; the target SMF is the SMF in the second PLMN network.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，还用于向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息；注册状态更新消息用于指示源AMF释放预设会话；预设会话为源AMF中为终端设备建立的目标AMF不支持的会话；源AMF，还用于响应于注册状态更新消息，释放预设会话。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation, the target AMF is further configured to send a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is the source AMF The target AMF established for the terminal device does not support the session; the source AMF is also used to release the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该***还包括：归属统一数据管理功能UDM；目标AMF，还用于向归属UDM发送上下文请求消息；上下文请求消息用于向UDM请求终端设备的签约数据；UDM，用于响应上下文请求消息，向目标AMF发送终端设备的签约数据。In combination with the above first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the system further includes: the home unified data management function UDM; the target AMF is also configured to send a context request message to the home UDM; the context request message is used to request the terminal to UDM The subscription data of the device; the UDM is used to send the subscription data of the terminal device to the target AMF in response to the context request message.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，还用于通过通信接口，从源AMF获取终端设备的签约数据。With reference to the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the target AMF is further configured to obtain the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through a communication interface.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该***还包括：目标网络切片选择功能NSSF；目标AMF，还用于根据第一切片信息向目标NSSF发起查询，确定第二切片信息，以及支持第二切片信息的AMF列表。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the system further includes: a target network slice selection function NSSF; the target AMF is also configured to initiate a query to the target NSSF according to the first slice information, and determine the second slice information , and a list of AMFs that support the second slice information.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，还用于根据第一切片信息，查询目标AMF中配置的切片映射关系，确定第二切片信息，以及支持第二切片信息的AMF列表。In combination with the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the target AMF is further configured to query the slice mapping relationship configured in the target AMF according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and support the second slice information AMF list.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该***还包括：第一AMF；目 标AMF，还用于：确定AMF列表中是否包括目标AMF；第一AMF为AMF列表中的AMF；若不包括，根据AMF列表确定第一AMF。With reference to the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the system further includes: a first AMF; a target AMF, and is also used to: determine whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; If not included, determine the first AMF according to the AMF list.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，还用于向目标接入网设备发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息包括以下至少一项：第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息；目标接入网设备，用于根据第一指示信息生成第二指示信息，并向第一AMF发送第二指示信息；第二指示信息包括以下至少一项：第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息；第一AMF，用于根据第二指示信息，确定第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息中的至少一项。With reference to the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the target AMF is further configured to send first indication information to the target access network device, where the first indication information includes at least one of the following: an identifier of the first AMF, a registration The request message, the second slice information; the target access network device, configured to generate second indication information according to the first indication information, and send the second indication information to the first AMF; the second indication information includes at least one of the following: first The identifier of the AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information; the first AMF is configured to determine at least one of the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information according to the second indication information.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，还用于向第一AMF发送第三指示信息；第三指示信息包括以下至少一项：注册请求消息，终端设备的SUPI，终端设备的上下文，第二切片信息；第一AMF，用于根据第三指示信息，确定注册请求消息，终端设备的SUPI，终端设备的上下文，第二切片信息中的至少一项。With reference to the above first aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the target AMF is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF; the third indication information includes at least one of the following: a registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, The context of the terminal device, the second slice information; the first AMF is configured to determine at least one of the registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device, and the second slice information according to the third indication information.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该***还包括：归属SMF和归属策略控制功能PCF；归属SMF，还用于向归属PCF发送第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示进行SM策略管理；以及向归属PCF指示终端设备的位置信息。With reference to the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the system further includes: a home SMF and a home policy control function PCF; the home SMF is further configured to send fourth indication information to the home PCF; the fourth indication information is used to instructing to perform SM policy management; and instructing the home PCF of the location information of the terminal equipment.
结合上述第一方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF，还用于向目标接入网设备发送第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示PLMN列表，和移动性限制列表中的至少一项。With reference to the first aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the target AMF is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the PLMN list and the at least one.
第二方面，提供一种通信方法，应用于通信***中，通信***包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；源接入网设备和源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；源AMF与目标AMF通过通信接口连接；该方法包括：目标AMF接收来自目标接入网设备的重定向请求；重定向请求中包括终端设备的第一全局唯一临时标识GUTI；第一GUTI为终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的GUTI；目标AMF根据重定向请求确定终端设备的第一GUTI，并根据第一GUTI确定源AMF；目标AMF向源AMF发送会话信息请求消息；目标AMF接收来自源AMF的终端设备的会话信息。In the second aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied in a communication system. The communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device; The network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface; the method includes: the target AMF receives the information from the target access network device A redirection request; the redirection request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device; the first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network; the target AMF determines the first GUTI of the terminal device according to the redirection request, and The source AMF is determined according to the first GUTI; the target AMF sends a session information request message to the source AMF; the target AMF receives the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，从源AMF中获取终端设备的会话信息，包括：目标AMF向源AMF发送第一请求消息；第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息和用户永久标识符SUPI；目标AMF接收来自源AMF的第一响应消息；第一响应消息包括终端设备的上下文信息和SUPI；目标AMF根据SUPI 确定终端设备，并根据上下文信息为终端设备创建上下文。In combination with the second aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, obtaining the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF includes: the target AMF sends a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context of the terminal device information and user permanent identifier SUPI; the target AMF receives the first response message from the source AMF; the first response message includes the context information of the terminal device and SUPI; the target AMF determines the terminal device according to the SUPI, and creates a context for the terminal device according to the context information .
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，根据第一GUTI确定源AMF，包括：目标AMF解析第一GUTI，确定第一GUTI中的全局唯一AMF标识GUAMI；目标AMF确定GUAMI所表征的AMF为源AMF。In combination with the second aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, determining the source AMF according to the first GUTI includes: the target AMF parses the first GUTI, and determines the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; the target AMF determines the GUAMI represented by The AMF is the source AMF.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在根据第一GUTI确定源AMF之后，该方法还包括：目标AMF向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息；注册状态更新消息用于指示源AMF释放预设会话；预设会话为源AMF为终端设备建立的目标AMF不支持的会话。With reference to the second aspect above, in a possible implementation, after determining the source AMF according to the first GUTI, the method further includes: the target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to indicate the source AMF Release the preset session; the preset session is a session not supported by the target AMF established by the source AMF for the terminal device.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标AMF向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息之后，该方法还包括：目标AMF向归属统一数据管理功能UDM发送上下文请求消息；上下文请求消息用于向UDM请求终端设备的签约数据；目标AMF接收来自UDM的终端设备的签约数据。With reference to the second aspect above, in a possible implementation, after the target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF, the method further includes: the target AMF sends a context request message to the home unified data management function UDM; the context request message It is used to request the subscription data of the terminal equipment from the UDM; the target AMF receives the subscription data of the terminal equipment from the UDM.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标AMF向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息之后，该方法还包括：目标AMF通过通信接口，从源AMF获取终端设备的签约数据。With reference to the second aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, after the target AMF sends the registration status update message to the source AMF, the method further includes: the target AMF acquires the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through the communication interface.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：目标AMF根据第一切片信息向目标网络切片选择功能NSSF发起查询，确定第二切片信息，以及支持第二切片信息的AMF列表，第一切片信息为终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。With reference to the second aspect above, in a possible implementation, the method further includes: the target AMF initiates a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, determines the second slice information, and supports the second slice information AMF list, the first slice information is the slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标AMF根据第一切片信息向目标网络切片选择功能NSSF发起查询，确定第二切片信息，以及支持第二切片信息的AMF列表之后，该方法还包括：目标AMF确定AMF列表中是否包括目标AMF；第一AMF为AMF列表中的AMF；若不包括，目标AMF根据AMF列表确定第一AMF。In combination with the second aspect above, in a possible implementation, after the target AMF initiates a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, and determines the second slice information and the list of AMFs supporting the second slice information , the method further includes: the target AMF determines whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; if not included, the target AMF determines the first AMF according to the AMF list.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标AMF根据AMF列表确定第一AMF之后，该方法还包括：目标AMF向目标接入网设备发送第一指示信息，以使得目标接入网设备根据第一指示信息向第一AMF转发第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息中的至少一项。With reference to the second aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, after the target AMF determines the first AMF according to the AMF list, the method further includes: the target AMF sends first indication information to the target access network device, so that the target AMF The network access device forwards at least one item of the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information to the first AMF according to the first indication information.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在目标AMF根据AMF列表确定第一AMF之后，该方法还包括：目标AMF向第一AMF发送第三指示信息；第三指示信息包括以下至少一项：注册请求消息，终端设备的SUPI，终端设备的上下文，第二切片信息。With reference to the second aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, after the target AMF determines the first AMF according to the AMF list, the method further includes: the target AMF sends third indication information to the first AMF; the third indication information includes the following At least one item: registration request message, SUPI of the terminal device, context of the terminal device, and second slice information.
结合上述第二方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：目标AMF向目标接入网设备发送第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示PLMN列表，和移动性限制列表中的至少一项。With reference to the second aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the target AMF sends fifth indication information to the target access network device, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the PLMN list, and the mobility restriction list at least one of the .
第三方面，提供一种通信方法，应用于通信***中，通信***包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；源接入网设备和源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；源AMF与目标AMF通过通信接口连接；该方法包括：源接入网设备确定目标接入网设备的频点信息，并向终端设备发送频点信息；目标接入网设备的频点信息用于指示终端设备根据频点信息接入目标接入网设备，并通过目标接入网设备向终端设备发送重定向请求。In the third aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied in a communication system. The communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device; The network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface; the method includes: the source access network device determines the target access network The frequency point information of the device, and send the frequency point information to the terminal device; the frequency point information of the target access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to access the target access network device according to the frequency point information, and send the terminal device through the target access network device The device sends a redirection request.
结合上述第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备确定目标接入网设备的频点信息，包括：源接入网设备确定目标PLMD标识ID；目标PLMN ID为终端设备接入第二PLMN网络时所需选择的PLMN ID；源接入网设备确定目标PLMN ID对应的PLMN网络的频点信息为目标接入网设备的频点信息。In combination with the third aspect above, in a possible implementation, the source access network device determines the frequency point information of the target access network device, including: the source access network device determines the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the terminal device The PLMN ID that needs to be selected when accessing the second PLMN network; the source access network device determines that the frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the target PLMN ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
结合上述第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在源接入网设备向终端设备发送频点信息之后，该方法还包括：源接入网设备接收来自源AMF的PLMN列表；PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN；源接入网设备从PLMN列表中确定目标PLMN。In combination with the third aspect above, in a possible implementation, after the source access network device sends the frequency point information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the source access network device receives the PLMN list from the source AMF; the PLMN list Including at least one of the following: HPLMN of the terminal device, serving PLMN, equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN, and the PLMN selected last time; the source access network device determines the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
结合上述第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备从PLMN列表中确定目标PLMN，包括：源接入网设备根据PLMN列表，确定终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID；源接入网设备根据终端设备的服务PLMN ID，确定终端设备的归属网络；源接入网设备确定终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID；源接入网设备确定第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。In combination with the third aspect above, in a possible implementation, the source access network device determines the target PLMN from the PLMN list, including: the source access network device determines the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list; The network access device determines the home network of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device; the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; the source access network device determines The first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
结合上述第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在源接入网设备向终端设备发送频点信息之后，该方法还包括：源接入网设备接收来自源AMF的移动性限制列表；移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；第一PLMN ID为终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID；源接入网设备确定移动性限制列表指示的第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。In combination with the third aspect above, in a possible implementation, after the source access network device sends the frequency point information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the source access network device receives the mobility restriction list from the source AMF; The mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network; the source access network device determines that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
结合上述第三方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备确定目标接入网设备的频点信息，包括：源接入网设备确定第二PLMN网络中与源接入网设备相邻的接入网设备为目标接入网设备；源接入网设备确定目标接入网设备的频点信息。In combination with the third aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the source access network device determines the frequency point information of the target access network device, including: the source access network device determines that the source access network device in the second PLMN network The adjacent access network device is the target access network device; the source access network device determines the frequency point information of the target access network device.
第四方面，提供一种通信方法，应用于通信***中，通信***包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；源接入网设备和源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；源AMF与目标AMF通过通信接口连接；该方法包括：源AMF接收来自目标AMF的会话信息请求消息；其中，源AMF为目标AMF根据终端设备的第一GUTI确定的AMF；源AMF响应于会话请求消息，向目标AMF发送终端设备的会话信息。In the fourth aspect, a communication method is provided, which is applied in a communication system. The communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device; The network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface; the method includes: the source AMF receives a session information request from the target AMF message; wherein, the source AMF is the AMF determined by the target AMF according to the first GUTI of the terminal device; the source AMF sends the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF in response to the session request message.
结合上述第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：源AMF向源接入网设备发送PLMN列表；PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN。In combination with the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the method further includes: the source AMF sends a PLMN list to the source access network device; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, etc. Effective public land mobile network EPLMN, the PLMN selected last time.
结合上述第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：源AMF向源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表；移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；第一PLMN ID为终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID。In combination with the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the method further includes: the source AMF sends a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID It is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network.
结合上述第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，在源AMF向源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表之前，该方法还包括：源AMF确定终端设备的位置信息，源AMF确定在终端设备的位置信息表征的位置上，与第一PLMN网络相邻的PLMN网络为第二PLMN网络；源AMF确定第二PLMN网络中允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID；源AMF确定允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID。With reference to the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation, before the source AMF sends the mobility restriction list to the source access network device, the method further includes: the source AMF determines the location information of the terminal device, and the source AMF determines At the location represented by the location information of the device, the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network; the source AMF determines the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network; the source AMF determines that the terminal device is allowed to access the network The PLMN ID for accessing the network is the first PLMN ID.
结合上述第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：源AMF向目标AMF发送第一切片指示信息；第一切片指示信息用于指示第一切片信息，第一切片信息为终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。With reference to the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the method further includes: the source AMF sends first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice information, and the first The slice information is the slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
结合上述第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：在源AMF与目标AMF的PLMN ID不同的情况下，确定第一切片信息；根据第一切片信息，生成第一切片指示消息。In combination with the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the method further includes: when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are different, determining the first slice information; generating the first slice information according to the first slice information. A slice indicates a message.
结合上述第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息具体用于指示终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的切片信息，和第一网络中的映射的终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息中的至少一项。With reference to the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is specifically used to indicate slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network. At least one item of slice information.
结合上述第四方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该方法还包括：源AMF接收来自目标AMF的注册状态更新消息；注册状态更新消息用于指示源AMF释放预设会话；预设会话为源AMF中为终端设备建立的目标AMF不支持的会话；源AMF响应于注册状态更新消息，释放预设会话。With reference to the fourth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the method further includes: the source AMF receives a registration status update message from the target AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is A session not supported by the target AMF established for the terminal device in the source AMF; the source AMF releases the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
第五方面，提供一种通信装置，应用于通信***中，通信***包括：终端设备、 源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；源接入网设备和源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；源AMF与目标AMF通过通信接口连接；该装置包括：通信单元和处理单元，通信单元，用于来自目标接入网设备的重定向请求；重定向请求中包括终端设备的第一全局唯一临时标识GUTI；第一GUTI为终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的GUTI；处理单元，用于根据重定向请求确定终端设备的第一GUTI，并根据第一GUTI确定源AMF；通信单元，还用于向源AMF发送会话信息请求消息；通信单元，还用于接收来自源AMF的终端设备的会话信息。In the fifth aspect, a communication device is provided, which is applied in a communication system. The communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device; The network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface; the device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit, a communication unit, Based on the redirection request from the target access network device; the redirection request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device; the first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network; the processing unit is configured to The directional request determines the first GUTI of the terminal device, and determines the source AMF according to the first GUTI; the communication unit is also used to send a session information request message to the source AMF; the communication unit is also used to receive the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF .
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，具体用于：指示通信单元向源AMF发送第一请求消息；第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息和用户永久标识符SUPI；示通信单元接收来自源AMF的第一响应消息；第一响应消息包括终端设备的上下文信息和SUPI；根据SUPI确定终端设备，并根据上下文信息为终端设备创建上下文。With reference to the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is specifically configured to: instruct the communication unit to send a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context information and the permanent user ID of the terminal device Symbol SUPI; indicates that the communication unit receives the first response message from the source AMF; the first response message includes the context information of the terminal device and SUPI; determine the terminal device according to the SUPI, and create a context for the terminal device according to the context information.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，具体用于：解析第一GUTI，确定第一GUTI中的全局唯一AMF标识GUAMI；确定GUAMI所表征的AMF为源AMF。With reference to the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is specifically configured to: parse the first GUTI, determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; determine the AMF represented by the GUAMI as the source AMF.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，通信单元，还用于向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息；注册状态更新消息用于指示源AMF释放预设会话；预设会话为源AMF为终端设备建立的目标AMF不支持的会话。With reference to the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to send a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is the source AMF A session not supported by the target AMF established for the end device.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，通信单元，还用于归属统一数据管理功能UDM发送上下文请求消息；上下文请求消息用于向UDM请求终端设备的签约数据；目标AMF接收来自UDM的终端设备的签约数据。In combination with the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the communication unit is also used to send a context request message to the unified data management function UDM; the context request message is used to request the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM; the target AMF receives the message from Subscription data of UDM terminal equipment.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于指示通信单元通过通信接口，从源AMF获取终端设备的签约数据。With reference to the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to instruct the communication unit to acquire the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through the communication interface.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于根据第一切片信息向目标网络切片选择功能NSSF发起查询，确定第二切片信息，以及支持第二切片信息的AMF列表，第一切片信息为终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。With reference to the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to initiate a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and support the second slice information In the AMF list, the first slice information is the slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于确定AMF列表中是否包括目标AMF；第一AMF为AMF列表中的AMF；若不包括，则根据AMF列表确定第一AMF。In combination with the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to determine whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; if not included, determine the first AMF according to the AMF list One AMF.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，通信单元，还用于向目标接入网设备发送第一指示信息，以使得目标接入网设备根据第一指示信息向第一AMF 转发第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息中的至少一项。With reference to the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to send the first indication information to the target access network device, so that the target access network device forwards to the first AMF according to the first indication information At least one item of the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，通信单元，还用于向第一AMF发送第三指示信息；第三指示信息包括以下至少一项：注册请求消息，终端设备的SUPI，终端设备的上下文，第二切片信息。With reference to the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF; the third indication information includes at least one of the following: a registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, The context of the terminal device, the second slice information.
结合上述第五方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，通信单元，还用于向目标接入网设备发送第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示PLMN列表，和移动性限制列表中的至少一项。With reference to the fifth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate the PLMN list and the at least one.
第六方面，提供一种通信装置，应用于通信***中，通信***包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；源接入网设备和源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；源AMF与目标AMF通过通信接口连接；该装置包括：通信单元，和处理单元；处理单元，用于确定目标接入网设备的频点信息，通信单元，用于向终端设备发送频点信息；目标接入网设备的频点信息用于指示终端设备根据频点信息接入目标接入网设备，并通过目标接入网设备向终端设备发送重定向请求。According to the sixth aspect, a communication device is provided, which is applied in a communication system. The communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device; The network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface; the device includes: a communication unit, and a processing unit; the processing unit, Used to determine the frequency point information of the target access network device, the communication unit is used to send the frequency point information to the terminal device; the frequency point information of the target access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to access the target access network according to the frequency point information device, and send a redirection request to the terminal device through the target access network device.
结合上述第六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于：确定目标PLMD标识ID；目标PLMN ID为终端设备接入第二PLMN网络时所需选择的PLMN ID；确定目标PLMN ID对应的PLMN网络的频点信息为目标接入网设备的频点信息。In combination with the sixth aspect above, in a possible implementation, the processing unit is also used to: determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network; determine the target The frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the PLMN ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
结合上述第六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中通信单元，还用于接收来自源AMF的PLMN列表；PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN；处理单元，还用于从PLMN列表中确定目标PLMN。In combination with the sixth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to receive a PLMN list from the source AMF; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: HPLMN of the terminal device, serving PLMN, equivalent public land mobile Network EPLMN, the PLMN selected last time; the processing unit is also used to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
结合上述第六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于：根据PLMN列表，确定终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID；源接入网设备根据终端设备的服务PLMN ID，确定终端设备的归属网络；确定终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID；确定第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。In combination with the sixth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list; the source access network device determines the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device The home network of the device; determine that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; determine that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
结合上述第六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，通信单元，还用于接收来自源AMF的移动性限制列表；移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；第一PLMN ID为终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID；处理单元，还用于确定移动性限制列表指示的第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。In combination with the sixth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the communication unit is further configured to receive a mobility restriction list from the source AMF; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the terminal device The PLMN ID of the home network in the second PLMN network; the processing unit is further configured to determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
结合上述第六方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于：确定第二PLMN网络中与源接入网设备相邻的接入网设备为目标接入网设备；确定目标接入 网设备的频点信息。In combination with the sixth aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: determine an access network device adjacent to the source access network device in the second PLMN network as the target access network device; determine the target access network device; Frequency point information of access network equipment.
第七方面，提供一种通信装置，应用于通信***中，通信***包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；源接入网设备和源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；源AMF与目标AMF通过通信接口连接；该装置包括：通信单元和处理单元；处理单元，用于指示通信单元接收来自目标AMF的会话信息请求消息；其中，源AMF为目标AMF根据终端设备的第一GUTI确定的AMF；处理单元，还用于指示通信单元响应于会话请求消息，向目标AMF发送终端设备的会话信息。In the seventh aspect, a communication device is provided, which is applied in a communication system. The communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device; The network access device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF and the target AMF are connected through a communication interface; the device includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit uses Instructing the communication unit to receive the session information request message from the target AMF; wherein, the source AMF is the AMF determined by the target AMF according to the first GUTI of the terminal device; the processing unit is also used to instruct the communication unit to respond to the session request message to the target AMF Send the session information of the terminal device.
结合上述第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该装置还包括：处理单元，还用于指示通信单元向源接入网设备发送PLMN列表；PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN。With reference to the seventh aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a processing unit, further configured to instruct the communication unit to send the PLMN list to the source access network device; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following items: the terminal device HPLMN, Serving PLMN, Equivalent Public Land Mobile Network EPLMN, PLMN selected last time.
结合上述第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于指示通信单元向源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表；移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；第一PLMN ID为终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID。In combination with the seventh aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to instruct the communication unit to send a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first The PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network.
结合上述第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于：确定终端设备的位置信息；确定在终端设备的位置信息表征的位置上，与第一PLMN网络相邻的PLMN网络为第二PLMN网络；确定第二PLMN网络中允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID；确定允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID。With reference to the seventh aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: determine the location information of the terminal device; determine the PLMN adjacent to the first PLMN network at the position represented by the location information of the terminal device The network is the second PLMN network; determine the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network; determine that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
结合上述第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，该装置还包括：处理单元，还用于指示通信单元向目标AMF发送第一切片指示信息；第一切片指示信息用于指示第一切片信息，第一切片信息为终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。With reference to the seventh aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a processing unit, further configured to instruct the communication unit to send the first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice indication information There is slice information, and the first slice information is slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
结合上述第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于：在源AMF与目标AMF的PLMN ID不同的情况下，确定第一切片信息；根据第一切片信息，生成第一切片指示消息。In combination with the seventh aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: determine the first slice information when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are different; according to the first slice information, A first slice indication message is generated.
结合上述第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息具体用于指示终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的切片信息，和第一网络中的映射的终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息中的至少一项。With reference to the seventh aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is specifically used to indicate slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network. At least one item of slice information.
结合上述第七方面，在一种可能的实现方式中，处理单元，还用于：指示通信单元接收来自目标AMF的注册状态更新消息；注册状态更新消息用于指示源AMF释放预设会话；预设会话为源AMF中为终端设备建立的目标AMF不支持的会话；响应于注册状态更新消息，释放预设会话。With reference to the seventh aspect above, in a possible implementation manner, the processing unit is further configured to: instruct the communication unit to receive a registration status update message from the target AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; Let the session be a session established for the terminal device in the source AMF that is not supported by the target AMF; and release the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
第八方面，本申请提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括：处理器和通信接口；通信接口和处理器耦合，处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现如第一方面和第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所描述的通信方法。In an eighth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the first aspect and the first aspect The communication method described in any possible implementation manner of .
第九方面，本申请提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括：处理器和通信接口；通信接口和处理器耦合，处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现如第二方面和第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所描述的通信方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the second aspect and the second aspect The communication method described in any possible implementation manner of .
第十方面，本申请提供了一种通信装置，该通信装置包括：处理器和通信接口；通信接口和处理器耦合，处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现如第三方面和第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中所描述的通信方法。In a tenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, the communication device includes: a processor and a communication interface; the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the third aspect and the third aspect The communication method described in any possible implementation manner of .
第十一方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当计算机可读存储介质中的指令由通信装置的处理器执行时，使得通信装置能够执行如第一方面和第一方面的任一种可能的实现方式中描述的通信方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions in the computer-readable storage medium are executed by the processor of the communication device, the communication device can execute The communication method as described in the first aspect and any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
第十二方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当计算机可读存储介质中的指令由通信装置的处理器执行时，使得通信装置能够执行如第二方面和第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式中描述的通信方法。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions in the computer-readable storage medium are executed by the processor of the communication device, the communication device can execute The communication method as described in the second aspect and any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
第十三方面，本申请提供了一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当计算机可读存储介质中的指令由通信装置的处理器执行时，使得通信装置能够执行如第三方面和第三方面的任一种可能的实现方式中描述的通信方法。In a thirteenth aspect, the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, where instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the instructions in the computer-readable storage medium are executed by the processor of the communication device, the communication device can execute Such as the communication method described in the third aspect and any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
在本申请中，上述通信装置的名字对设备或功能模块本身不构成限定，在实际实现中，这些设备或功能模块可以以其他名称出现。只要各个设备或功能模块的功能和本发明类似，属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内。In this application, the names of the above-mentioned communication devices do not limit the devices or functional modules themselves, and in actual implementation, these devices or functional modules may appear with other names. As long as the functions of each device or functional module are similar to those of the present invention, they fall within the scope of the claims of the present invention and their equivalent technologies.
本发明的这些方面或其他方面在以下的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the invention will be more clearly understood in the following description.
本申请提供的技术方案至少带来以下有益效果：在本申请提供的通信***中，不同运营商的源AMF和目标AMF之间通过通信接口通信(示例性的，通信接口可以为N14+接口)。终端设备在从第一PLMN网络重定向到第二PLMN网络时，源接入网设备通过发现目标接入网设备的频点向终端设备指示目标接入网设备的频点，以使得终端设备可以根据频点信息接入到目标接入网设备中。目标AMF根据终端设备的GUTI发现源AMF，并从源AMF中获取终端设备的会话信息。这样目标AMF可以根据终端设备的会话信息在第二PLMN网络中为终端设备创建会话，从而使终端设备可以重定向到第二PLMN网络中。从而实现连接态的终端设备在多个运营商的网络之间的重定向。The technical solution provided by this application brings at least the following beneficial effects: In the communication system provided by this application, source AMFs and target AMFs of different operators communicate through a communication interface (for example, the communication interface may be an N14+ interface). When the terminal device is redirected from the first PLMN network to the second PLMN network, the source access network device indicates the frequency point of the target access network device to the terminal device by discovering the frequency point of the target access network device, so that the terminal device can Access to the target access network device according to the frequency point information. The target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUTI of the terminal device, and obtains the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF. In this way, the target AMF can create a session for the terminal device in the second PLMN network according to the session information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be redirected to the second PLMN network. In this way, the redirection of connected terminal devices among the networks of multiple operators is realized.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种MOCN***的***架构图；Fig. 1 is a system architecture diagram of a kind of MOCN system provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种通信***的***架构图；FIG. 2 is a system architecture diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种多个运营商共享接入网和核心网时的场景示意图；FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario when multiple operators share an access network and a core network according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信***的***架构图；FIG. 4 is a system architecture diagram of another communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图；FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备从第一区域移动到第二区域时的重定向方法的流程示意图；FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a redirection method when a terminal device moves from a first area to a second area according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域时的重定向方法的流程示意图；FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of a redirection method when a terminal device moves from a second area to a first area according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备从第二区域移动到第三区域时的重定向方法的流程示意图；FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a redirection method when a terminal device moves from a second area to a third area according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图；FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图；FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面结合附图对本申请实施例提供的通信***、方法、装置及存储介质进行详细地描述。The communication system, method, device, and storage medium provided by the embodiments of the present application are described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship describing associated objects, which means that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and there exists alone B these three situations.
本申请的说明书以及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象，或者用于区别对同一对象的不同处理，而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。The terms "first" and "second" in the specification and drawings of the present application are used to distinguish different objects, or to distinguish different processes for the same object, rather than to describe a specific sequence of objects.
此外，本申请的描述中所提到的术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、***、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元，而是可选地还包括其他没有列出的步骤或单元，或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。In addition, the terms "including" and "having" mentioned in the description of the present application and any variations thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or device comprising a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes other unlisted steps or units, or optionally also includes Other steps or elements inherent to the process, method, product or apparatus are included.
需要说明的是，本申请实施例中，“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言，使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used as examples, illustrations or descriptions. Any embodiment or design scheme described as "exemplary" or "for example" in the embodiments of the present application shall not be interpreted as being more preferred or more advantageous than other embodiments or design schemes. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present related concepts in a concrete manner.
在本申请的描述中，除非另有说明，“多个”的含义是指两个或两个以上。In the description of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the meaning of "plurality" refers to two or more.
以下，对本申请实施例涉及的名词进行解释，以方便读者理解。In the following, nouns involved in the embodiments of the present application are explained for the convenience of readers' understanding.
1、多运营商核心网(multi-operator core network，MOCN)的共享网络***。1. Shared network system of multi-operator core network (MOCN).
当前，随着第五代移动通信技术(5th generation mobile communication technology，5G)网络的发展，网络覆盖更加密集，基站的数量也不断增加，运营商的建网成本也不断增加。为了降低建网成本，当前提出了一种网络共享方法，在该方法中，多家运营商共享同一个网络，从而减少通信网络的重复建设，节约网络的整体投资，缓解网络建设面临的巨额成本。At present, with the development of the fifth generation mobile communication technology (5G) network, the network coverage is more dense, the number of base stations is also increasing, and the network construction cost of operators is also increasing. In order to reduce the cost of network construction, a network sharing method is currently proposed. In this method, multiple operators share the same network, thereby reducing the redundant construction of communication networks, saving the overall investment of the network, and alleviating the huge cost of network construction. .
在3GPP R16协议规范中规定了支持5G MOCN的共享网络架构。在该网络架构中，支持终端设备共享不同运营商的5G接入网(RAN)，MOCN的网络架构如图1所示。The shared network architecture supporting 5G MOCN is specified in the 3GPP R16 protocol specification. In this network architecture, terminal devices are supported to share 5G access networks (RAN) of different operators. The network architecture of MOCN is shown in Figure 1.
如图1所示，在MOCN***10中包括运营商A的核心网设备101，运营商B的核心网设备102，运营商C的核心网设备103、运营商X的核心网设备104以及运营商X的接入网设备105。As shown in Figure 1, the MOCN system 10 includes a core network device 101 of operator A, a core network device 102 of operator B, a core network device 103 of operator C, a core network device 104 of operator X, and an operator The access network device 105 of X.
其中，运营商X的接入网设备105分别通过N2和N3接口与运营商A的核心网设备101，运营商B的核心网设备102，运营商C的核心网设备103连接。Among them, the access network equipment 105 of operator X is connected to the core network equipment 101 of operator A, the core network equipment 102 of operator B, and the core network equipment 103 of operator C through interfaces N2 and N3 respectively.
运营商X的接入网设备105用于接入运营商A、运营商B和运营商C的终端设备，并将终端设备的数据转发到相应的运营商的核心网设备中。The access network device 105 of operator X is used to access the terminal equipment of operator A, operator B and operator C, and forward the data of the terminal equipment to the corresponding operator's core network equipment.
在MOCN***10中仅有运营商X建设接入网网络，其他运营商的终端设备在运营商X的接入网设备105覆盖范围内，可以通过接入运营商X的接入网设备105来接入相应的核心网设备，完成对终端设备的通信业务服务。In the MOCN system 10, only operator X builds an access network network, and the terminal equipment of other operators is within the coverage of operator X's access network equipment 105, and can be accessed by accessing operator X's access network equipment 105 Connect to the corresponding core network equipment to complete the communication service for the terminal equipment.
2、当前MOCN的共享网络***中接入网设备广播公共陆地移动网(public land mobile network，PLMN)标识(Identity，ID)的方式。2. In the current MOCN shared network system, the access network equipment broadcasts the public land mobile network (public land mobile network, PLMN) identification (Identity, ID).
在当前的MOCN***中下，共享网络的接入网设备会在广播***消息中携带共享该接入网设备的各个运营商的核心网的PLMN ID。In the current MOCN system, the access network equipment sharing the network will carry the PLMN ID of the core network of each operator sharing the access network equipment in the broadcast system message.
例如，在运营商A和运营商X采用MOCN的方式共享接入网的情况下，共享网络的接入网设备在广播***信息中分别携带有运营商A和运营商X的PLMN ID。每个PLMN ID对应一个运营商的核心网。For example, in the case that operator A and operator X use MOCN to share the access network, the access network equipment of the shared network carries the PLMN IDs of operator A and operator X respectively in the broadcast system information. Each PLMN ID corresponds to an operator's core network.
终端设备接收到广播的***消息之后，解析***消息，确定***消息中携带的PLMN ID。终端设备根据PLMN ID确定共享网络的接入网设备连接的核心网，并选择终端设备归属的网络的PLMN ID。终端设备将选择的PLMN ID通知共享网络的接入网设备。共享网络的接入网设备在接收到终端设备选择的PLMN ID之后，根据终端设备选择的PLMN ID，将终端设备的业务数据路由到终端设备所选择的核心网中。After receiving the broadcast system message, the terminal device parses the system message and determines the PLMN ID carried in the system message. The terminal device determines the core network to which the access network device of the shared network is connected according to the PLMN ID, and selects the PLMN ID of the network to which the terminal device belongs. The terminal device notifies the access network device of the shared network of the selected PLMN ID. After receiving the PLMN ID selected by the terminal device, the access network device of the shared network routes the service data of the terminal device to the core network selected by the terminal device according to the PLMN ID selected by the terminal device.
一种示例，结合图1，在运营商X、运营商A、运营商B、运营商C共享运营商X的接入网的情况下，运营商X、运营商A、运营商B、运营商C，的终端设备的PLMN选择(或重选)过程如下表1所示：An example, with reference to Figure 1, in the case where operator X, operator A, operator B, and operator C share the access network of operator X, operator X, operator A, operator B, operator C, the PLMN selection (or reselection) process of the terminal equipment is shown in Table 1 below:
表1、MOCN共享模式下，共享网络的接入网设备广播的***消息中携带的PLMN ID以及各个运营商的终端设备的PLMN选择和消息路由：Table 1. In the MOCN sharing mode, the PLMN ID carried in the system message broadcast by the access network equipment of the shared network and the PLMN selection and message routing of each operator's terminal equipment:
Figure PCTCN2022134823-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022134823-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2022134823-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2022134823-appb-000002
需要指出的是，在实际应用中，运营商X的接入网设备除了在广播的***消息中携带运营商A的核心网标识PLMN-ID(A)、运营商B的核心网标识PLMN-ID(B)、运营商C的核心网标识PLMN-ID(C)之外，还同时携带运营商X的核心网标识PLMN-ID(X)。由于运营商X的接入网设备在广播的***消息中携带PLMN-ID(X)属于常规广播方式，而不是共享网络的广播方式。因此，图1和表1中未示出由于运营商X的终端设备进行网络共享的情况。It should be pointed out that in practical applications, the access network equipment of operator X carries the core network identifier PLMN-ID(A) of operator A and the core network identifier PLMN-ID of operator B in the broadcast system message. (B) In addition to the core network identifier PLMN-ID(C) of operator C, the core network identifier PLMN-ID(X) of operator X is also carried. Since the access network equipment of the operator X carries the PLMN-ID(X) in the broadcasted system message, it belongs to the conventional broadcasting method, not the broadcasting method of the shared network. Therefore, FIG. 1 and Table 1 do not show the situation that the terminal equipment of operator X performs network sharing.
一种示例，在运营商A和运营商X采用MOCN的方式共享网络的情况下，运营商A建设的接入网在广播的***消息中携带运营商B的PLMN ID，使运营商B的终端设备接入到运营商A的接入网中；同时***消息中还会携带运营商A的PLMN ID以使得运营商A的终端设备也能接入运营商A的接入网。In one example, when operator A and operator X use MOCN to share the network, the access network built by operator A carries the PLMN ID of operator B in the broadcast system message, so that the terminal of operator B The device is connected to the access network of operator A; at the same time, the system message will also carry the PLMN ID of operator A so that the terminal equipment of operator A can also access the access network of operator A.
同样的，运营商X建设的接入网在广播的***消息中携带运营商A的PLMN ID，使运营商A的终端设备接入到运营商X的接入网中；同时***消息中还会携带运营商X的PLMN ID以使得运营商X的终端设备也能接入运营商X的接入网。Similarly, the access network built by operator X carries the PLMN ID of operator A in the broadcast system message, so that the terminal equipment of operator A can access the access network of operator X; at the same time, the system message will also include Carry the PLMN ID of operator X so that the terminal equipment of operator X can also access the access network of operator X.
在MOCN共享模式下，终端设备需要根据共享网络的接入网设备广播的PLMN ID选择核心网。因此，共享网络的接入网设备广播的PLMN ID的数量需要与共享该接入网的5G核心网的数量相同。因此，共享网络的接入网设备必须要广播多个PLMN ID才能使得所有终端设备都能够接入到该接入网中。In the MOCN sharing mode, the terminal device needs to select the core network according to the PLMN ID broadcast by the access network device of the shared network. Therefore, the number of PLMN IDs broadcast by the access network equipment sharing the network needs to be the same as the number of 5G core networks sharing the access network. Therefore, the access network device of the shared network must broadcast multiple PLMN IDs so that all terminal devices can access the access network.
在有N个运营商共享接入的情况下，共享接入网的接入网设备广播的***消息中携带的共享运营商的最大数量为N-1。N为正整数。In the case that N operators share access, the maximum number of shared operators carried in the system message broadcast by the access network device of the shared access network is N-1. N is a positive integer.
此外，在MOCN共享模式下，共享接入网广播的PLMN ID与每个共享运营商的PLMN ID相同。这样，终端设备在选择PLMN时的时延最短(具体时延根据终端设备的PLMN ID的选择顺序确定)终端设备选网驻留的时间最短。特别是在终端设备开机，或者终端设备从无覆盖的小区中恢复之后的小区选择，以及空闲态的终端设备进行小区重选时，该方法的选择PLMN和选网驻留所需的时延最短。In addition, in the MOCN sharing mode, the PLMN ID broadcast by the shared access network is the same as the PLMN ID of each shared operator. In this way, the terminal device has the shortest time delay when selecting a PLMN (the specific time delay is determined according to the selection sequence of the PLMN ID of the terminal device) and the time for the terminal device to select a network to reside is the shortest. Especially when the terminal equipment is turned on, or the terminal equipment selects the cell after the terminal equipment recovers from a cell without coverage, and the terminal equipment in the idle state performs cell reselection, the time delay required for selecting the PLMN and network selection and staying in this method is the shortest .
采用MOCN共享接入网至少包括以下优点：在MOCN的共享接入网的架构下，不同运营商的核心网完全独立设置，对网络切片，边缘计算等5G特殊业务由较好的支持性。The use of MOCN shared access network has at least the following advantages: under the framework of MOCN shared access network, the core networks of different operators are completely independently set up, and it has better support for 5G special services such as network slicing and edge computing.
以上，对本申请实施例涉及到的名词进行了解释。The nouns involved in the embodiments of the present application have been explained above.
图2为本申请实施例提供的通信***20，如图2所示，本申请实施例提供的通信***包括：第一接入网设备201、第一核心网设备202、至少一个第二核心网设备203、终端设备204。Fig. 2 is a communication system 20 provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 2, the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a first access network device 201, a first core network device 202, at least one second core network The device 203 and the terminal device 204.
其中，第一接入网设备201用于实现无线接入网的功能，为终端设备提供无线接入服务。第一接入网设备201为承建方运营商的接入网设备。例如，运营商X的接入网设备。Wherein, the first access network device 201 is configured to implement a function of a wireless access network, and provide wireless access services for terminal devices. The first access network device 201 is the access network device of the contractor operator. For example, the access network equipment of operator X.
第一核心网设备202为承建方运营商的核心网设备。例如，运营商X的核心网设备。The first core network device 202 is the core network device of the contractor operator. For example, core network equipment of operator X.
针对承建方运营商的终端设备，第一核心网设备202用于实现核心网相关的功能，提供核心网相关的业务服务。For the terminal equipment of the contractor operator, the first core network equipment 202 is used to implement functions related to the core network and provide business services related to the core network.
针对共享运营商的终端设备第一核心网设备202用于提供数据路由功能，将终端设备业务数据路由到终端设备的归属核心网中。此时第一核心网设备202还可以对终端设备进行接入控制、策略控制、网络选择、计费结算。The first core network device 202 for the terminal device of the shared operator is used to provide a data routing function, and route the service data of the terminal device to the home core network of the terminal device. At this time, the first core network device 202 may also perform access control, policy control, network selection, and charging settlement on the terminal device.
第二核心网设备203为共享方运营商的核心网设备，用于该共享方运营商的终端设备实现核心网相关功能。例如，提供数据处理或转发功能。The second core network device 203 is the core network device of the sharing party operator, and is used for the terminal equipment of the sharing party operator to implement functions related to the core network. For example, to provide data processing or forwarding functions.
在图2中，至少一个第二核心网设备203包括运营商A的核心网设备2031、运营商B的核心网设备2032、运营商C的核心网设备2033为例进行说明。In FIG. 2 , at least one second core network device 203 includes a core network device 2031 of operator A, a core network device 2032 of operator B, and a core network device 2033 of operator C as an example for illustration.
其中，运营商A的核心网设备2031用于为运营商A的终端设备提供核心网相关的业务服务；运营商B的核心网设备2032用于为运营商B的终端设备提供核心网相关的业务服务；运营商C的核心网设备2033用于为运营商C的终端设备提供核心网相关的业务服务。Among them, the core network equipment 2031 of operator A is used to provide core network-related business services for terminal equipment of operator A; the core network equipment 2032 of operator B is used to provide core network-related services for terminal equipment of operator B Service: The core network equipment 2033 of operator C is used to provide core network-related business services for terminal equipment of operator C.
终端设备204为需要提供通信服务的设备，可以是与第一接入网设备201和第一核心网设备202同属于一个运营商的终端设备。终端设备204还可以是与至少一个第二核心网设备203中的任一个第二核心网设备203同属于一个运营商的终端设备。本申请主要以终端设备为与至少一个第二核心网设备203中的任一个第二核心网设备203同属于一个运营商的终端设备为例进行说明。The terminal device 204 is a device that needs to provide communication services, and may be a terminal device that belongs to the same operator as the first access network device 201 and the first core network device 202 . The terminal device 204 may also be a terminal device that belongs to the same operator as any second core network device 203 in the at least one second core network device 203 . In this application, description is mainly made by taking the terminal device as an example that belongs to the same operator as any one of the second core network devices 203 in the at least one second core network device 203 .
需要指出的是，本申请实施例中的核心网设备主要指的是5G核心网设备。It should be pointed out that the core network equipment in the embodiment of this application mainly refers to the 5G core network equipment.
以上，对图2所示的通信***20中的各个设备进行了简单说明。In the above, each device in the communication system 20 shown in FIG. 2 has been briefly described.
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种多个运营商共享接入网和核心网时的场景示意图。如图3所示，该覆盖场景包括运营商A的核心网设备301、运营商X的核心网设备302、运营商Y的核心网设备303、运营商A的接入网设备304、运营商X的接入网设备305、运营商Y的接入网设备306、以及终端设备307。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a scenario when multiple operators share an access network and a core network according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3, the coverage scenario includes core network equipment 301 of operator A, core network equipment 302 of operator X, core network equipment 303 of operator Y, access network equipment 304 of operator A, operator X The access network device 305 of operator Y, the access network device 306 of operator Y, and the terminal device 307.
在本申请实施例中，主要以终端设备为归属于运营商A的终端设备为例进行说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the description is mainly made by taking the terminal device belonging to the operator A as an example.
其中，运营商A、运营商X和运营商Y可以共享接入网和核心网。这样，终端设备可以在运营商A的接入网设备304、运营商X的接入网设备305、运营商Y的接入网设备306的覆盖范围内移动时，分别接入对应的运营商的接入网设备和核心网设备提供网络通信服务。Wherein, operator A, operator X and operator Y may share the access network and the core network. In this way, when the terminal device moves within the coverage of the access network device 304 of operator A, the access network device 305 of operator X, and the access network device 306 of operator Y, it can respectively access the Access network equipment and core network equipment provide network communication services.
其中，运营商A的接入网设备304通过N1/N2/N3接口与运营商A的核心网设备301连接。Wherein, the access network device 304 of operator A is connected to the core network device 301 of operator A through N1/N2/N3 interfaces.
运营商X的接入网设备305通过N1/N2/N3接口与运营商X的核心网设备302连接；运营商X的核心网设备302通过N9/N16/N8/N12/N24/N32/N14+接口与运营商A的核心网设备301连接。The access network device 305 of operator X is connected to the core network device 302 of operator X through the N1/N2/N3 interface; the core network device 302 of operator X is connected through the N9/N16/N8/N12/N24/N32/N14+ interface Connect to the core network device 301 of operator A.
运营商Y的接入网设备306通过N1/N2/N3接口与运营商Y的核心网设备303连接；运营商Y的核心网设备303通过N9/N16/N8/N12/N24/N32/N14+接口与运营商A的核心网设备301连接。The access network device 306 of operator Y is connected to the core network device 303 of operator Y through the N1/N2/N3 interface; the core network device 303 of operator Y is connected through the N9/N16/N8/N12/N24/N32/N14+ interface Connect to the core network device 301 of operator A.
运营商A的接入网设备304的覆盖区域记为第一区域；运营商X的接入网设备305的覆盖区域记为第二区域；运营商Y的接入网设备306的覆盖区域记为第三区域。The coverage area of the access network equipment 304 of operator A is denoted as the first area; the coverage area of the access network equipment 305 of operator X is denoted as the second area; the coverage area of the access network equipment 306 of operator Y is denoted as third area.
终端设备307在移动到第一区域时，可以接入运营商A的接入网设备304，并通过运营商A的接入网设备304接入运营商A的核心网设备301。When the terminal device 307 moves to the first area, it can access the access network device 304 of the operator A, and access the core network device 301 of the operator A through the access network device 304 of the operator A.
终端设备移动到第二区域时，可以接入运营商X的接入网设备305，通过运营商X的接入网设备305接入运营商X的核心网设备302，通过运营商X的核心网设备302接入运营商A的核心网设备301。When the terminal device moves to the second area, it can access the access network equipment 305 of operator X, access the core network equipment 302 of operator X through the access network equipment 305 of operator X, and access the core network equipment 302 of operator X through the core network equipment of operator X. The device 302 accesses the core network device 301 of operator A.
终端设备移动到第三区域时，可以接入运营商Y的接入网设备306，通过运营商Y的接入网设备306接入运营商Y的核心网设备303，通过运营商Y的核心网设备303接入运营商A的核心网设备301。When the terminal device moves to the third area, it can access the access network equipment 306 of operator Y, access the core network equipment 303 of operator Y through the access network equipment 306 of operator Y, and access the core network equipment 303 of operator Y through the core network equipment of operator Y. The device 303 accesses the core network device 301 of operator A.
以上，对本申请实施例的应用场景进行了说明。Above, the application scenarios of the embodiments of the present application have been described.
需要指出的是，在图2和图3所示的通信***中，终端设备，接入网设备核心网设备均需执行相应的动作过程以及实现相应的功能，以实现连接态终端设备在多个运 营商的网络之间进行重定向。It should be pointed out that in the communication system shown in Figure 2 and Figure 3, the terminal equipment and the core network equipment of the access network equipment all need to perform corresponding action processes and realize corresponding functions, so as to realize that the terminal equipment in the connected state can operate in multiple Redirection between carrier networks.
具体来说，包括：场景1、接入网设备广播PLMN ID的过程；场景2、接入网设备选择目标PLMN ID和目标接入网设备的频率的过程；场景3、不同运营商的接入网设备和核心网设备之间的互联与交互。Specifically, it includes: Scenario 1, the process of the access network device broadcasting the PLMN ID; Scenario 2, the process of the access network device selecting the target PLMN ID and the frequency of the target access network device; Scenario 3, the access network of different operators Interconnection and interaction between network equipment and core network equipment.
以下，分别对场景1-场景3进行说明：In the following, scenarios 1-3 are described respectively:
场景1、接入网设备广播PLMN ID的过程。Scenario 1. The process of the access network device broadcasting the PLMN ID.
接入网设备为了能够通知终端设备该接入网设备所支持的PLMN网络，需要向终端设备广播PLMN ID，接入网设备在广播PLMN ID时可以采用以下方案1至方案3中的任一项方案广播PLMN ID。以下分别对方案1、方案2、和方案3进行说明：In order for the access network device to be able to notify the terminal device of the PLMN network supported by the access network device, it needs to broadcast the PLMN ID to the terminal device. The access network device can use any of the following schemes 1 to 3 when broadcasting the PLMN ID The scheme broadcasts the PLMN ID. The following describes scheme 1, scheme 2, and scheme 3 respectively:
方案1、接入网设备为与接入网设备连接的每个核心网广播该核心网原本的PLMN ID。每个核心网的PLMN ID与在其所属运营商的本网内为该核心网广播的PLMN ID相同。也即是说，在方案1中，接入网设备采用与相关技术中MOCN广播PLMN ID的方式广播每个核心网的PLMN ID。Solution 1. The access network device broadcasts the original PLMN ID of the core network for each core network connected to the access network device. The PLMN ID of each core network is the same as the PLMN ID broadcast for the core network in the network of the operator to which it belongs. That is to say, in solution 1, the access network device broadcasts the PLMN ID of each core network in the same way as the MOCN broadcasts the PLMN ID in the related technology.
一种示例，结合图2，运营商X的接入网设备在广播PLMN ID时，分别为运营商A的核心网广播PLMN ID(A)、运营商B的核心网广播PLMN ID(B)、以及运营商C的核心网广播PLMN ID(C)。An example, in conjunction with Figure 2, when the access network equipment of operator X broadcasts the PLMN ID, it respectively broadcasts the PLMN ID (A) for the core network of operator A, broadcasts the PLMN ID (B) for the core network of operator B, and broadcasts the PLMN ID (B) for the core network of operator B. And the core network of operator C broadcasts the PLMN ID(C).
采用方案1广播PLMN ID至少带来以下有益效果：终端设备在获取到PLMN ID时，选择PLMN(例如终端设备在开机过程，或者从无覆盖区域恢复时脱网时)所需的时延最短。此外，在方案1中接入网设备采用与相关技术中MOCN广播PLMN ID的方式广播每个核心网的PLMN ID，无需在创建新的网号，不会造成网号资源浪费。The use of scheme 1 to broadcast the PLMN ID brings at least the following beneficial effects: when the terminal device obtains the PLMN ID, the time delay required for selecting the PLMN (for example, when the terminal device is powered on or recovers from a non-coverage area) is the shortest. In addition, in scheme 1, the access network equipment broadcasts the PLMN ID of each core network in the same way as MOCN broadcasts the PLMN ID in the related technology, and there is no need to create a new network number, which will not cause waste of network number resources.
在方案1中，接入网设备能够广播的共享运营商的核心网的PLMN ID的最大数量为N-1。N为接入网设备所能支持的广播PLMN ID的最大数量，N为正整数。In solution 1, the maximum number of PLMN IDs of the shared operator's core network that the access network device can broadcast is N-1. N is the maximum number of broadcast PLMN IDs that the access network equipment can support, and N is a positive integer.
方案2、接入网设备为与接入网设备连接的每个核心网广播一个新的PLMN ID。每个核心网的新的PLMN ID与在其所属运营商的本网内为该核心网广播的PLMN ID不相同。例如，接入网设备可以将承建方运营商的PLMN ID与共享运营商的PLMN ID合并，得到每个核心网的PLMN ID。Solution 2. The access network device broadcasts a new PLMN ID for each core network connected to the access network device. The new PLMN ID of each core network is different from the PLMN ID broadcast for the core network in the own network of the operator to which it belongs. For example, the access network device can combine the PLMN ID of the contractor operator and the PLMN ID of the shared operator to obtain the PLMN ID of each core network.
一种示例，结合图2，运营商X的接入网设备在广播PLMN ID时，分别为运营商A的核心网广播PLMN ID(XA)、运营商B的核心网广播PLMN ID(XB)、以及运营商C的核心网广播PLMN ID(XC)。An example, in conjunction with Figure 2, when the access network device of operator X broadcasts the PLMN ID, it respectively broadcasts the PLMN ID (XA) for the core network of operator A, broadcasts the PLMN ID (XB) for the core network of operator B, And the core network of operator C broadcasts the PLMN ID (XC).
采用方案2广播PLMN ID至少带来以下有益效果：接入网设备可以定制化广播新的PLMN ID。这样，终端设备接收到该新的PLMN ID之后，可以根据该新的PLMN ID确定该接入网为运营商X承建的可以实现共享的接入网。此外，终端设备还可 以根据新的PLMN ID在显示界面上同时显示承建方运营商的网络标识和共享运营商的网络标识。Adopting scheme 2 to broadcast the PLMN ID brings at least the following beneficial effects: the access network device can customize and broadcast a new PLMN ID. In this way, after the terminal device receives the new PLMN ID, it can determine according to the new PLMN ID that the access network is an access network undertaken by operator X that can be shared. In addition, the terminal device can also display the network identification of the contractor operator and the network identification of the sharing operator on the display interface at the same time according to the new PLMN ID.
在方案2中，接入网设备能够广播的共享运营商的核心网的PLMN ID的最大数量为N-1。In solution 2, the maximum number of PLMN IDs of the shared operator's core network that the access network device can broadcast is N-1.
方案3、接入网设备为与接入网设备连接的每个核心网广播一个相同的PLMN ID。Solution 3. The access network device broadcasts the same PLMN ID for each core network connected to the access network device.
一种示例，结合图2，接入网设备只广播运营商X的核心网的PLMN ID。或者，接入网设备只广播运营商X的核心网的新的PLMN ID(XY)。An example, with reference to Figure 2, the access network device only broadcasts the PLMN ID of the core network of operator X. Alternatively, the access network device only broadcasts the new PLMN ID (XY) of the core network of operator X.
采用方案3广播PLMN ID至少带来以下有益效果：接入网设备只需广播一个PLMN ID，降低了接入网设备的信令开销。在接入网设备只广播运营商X的核心网的PLMN ID时，不会造成网号资源的浪费。在方案3中，由于接入网设备不广播各个运营商的PLMN ID，因此，在方案3中，需要增加第一核心网设备无需根据终端设备选择的PLMN ID即可确定终端设备的归属网络的功能。例如，扩展第一核心网设备识别终端设备的用户永久标识符(SUbscription Permanent Identifier，SUPI)或者HPLMN的功能。相应的，终端设备也需要具有上报SUPI或者HPLMN的功能。Adopting scheme 3 to broadcast the PLMN ID brings at least the following beneficial effects: the access network device only needs to broadcast one PLMN ID, which reduces the signaling overhead of the access network device. When the access network device only broadcasts the PLMN ID of the core network of operator X, it will not cause waste of network number resources. In solution 3, because the access network equipment does not broadcast the PLMN ID of each operator, therefore, in solution 3, it is necessary to increase the first core network equipment to determine the home network of the terminal device without the PLMN ID selected by the terminal device. Function. For example, a function of the first core network device identifying a subscriber permanent identifier (Subscription Permanent Identifier, SUPI) or HPLMN of the terminal device is extended. Correspondingly, the terminal device also needs to have the function of reporting SUPI or HPLMN.
一种示例，结合上述方案1、方案2、和方案3以及图2，运营商X的接入网设备广播的PLMN ID的方式如下表2所示：An example, in combination with the above scheme 1, scheme 2, and scheme 3 and Figure 2, the way of the PLMN ID broadcast by the access network equipment of operator X is shown in Table 2 below:
表2、运营商X的接入网设备广播PLMN ID的方式Table 2. Ways of operator X's access network equipment broadcasting PLMN ID
Figure PCTCN2022134823-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2022134823-appb-000003
一种可能的实现方式中，接入网设备通过广播第一***消息，第一***消息中携带终端设备需要广播的PLMN ID的方式，广播PLMN ID。In a possible implementation manner, the access network device broadcasts the PLMN ID by broadcasting the first system message, and the first system message carries the PLMN ID that the terminal device needs to broadcast.
以上，对场景1中的接入网设备广播PLMN ID的方式进行了详细说明。Above, the manner in which the access network device in scenario 1 broadcasts the PLMN ID has been described in detail.
以下，对场景2、接入网设备选择目标PLMN ID和目标接入网设备的频率的过程进行说明。In the following, Scenario 2, the process of the access network device selecting the target PLMN ID and the frequency of the target access network device will be described.
场景2、源接入网设备选择目标PLMN ID和目标接入网设备的频率的过程。Scenario 2. The source access network device selects the target PLMN ID and the frequency of the target access network device.
其中，在场景2中，源接入网设备可以通过以下方式1确定目标接入网设备的频率；通过以下方式2和方式5中的任一种方式确定目标PLMN ID。以下分别进行说明：Wherein, in Scenario 2, the source access network device may determine the frequency of the target access network device through the following method 1; determine the target PLMN ID through any of the following methods 2 and 5. Instructions are given below:
方式1、源接入网设备基于PLMN ID配置目标接入网设备的频率。Method 1. The source access network device configures the frequency of the target access network device based on the PLMN ID.
具体的，以终端设备为运营商A的接入网设备为例，进行说明。Specifically, the terminal device is an access network device of operator A as an example for description.
方式1.1、对于运营商A的源接入网设备，当该源接入网设备为第一区域和第二区域的边界的基站时。源接入网设备确定终端设备接入运营商X所使用的PLMN ID为方案2中的PLMN–ID(XA)(也可以是其他方案中的PLMN ID)。源接入网设备确定与其相邻的运营商X的接入网设备的频率(或频点)F2。此时，源接入网设备确定目标PLMN ID为PLMN–ID(XA)，目标接入网设备的频率为F2。Mode 1.1. For the source access network equipment of operator A, when the source access network equipment is a base station at the boundary between the first area and the second area. The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator X is the PLMN-ID (XA) in scheme 2 (it can also be the PLMN ID in other schemes). The source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F2 of the access network device of operator X adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(XA), and the frequency of the target access network device is F2.
当该源接入网设备为第一区域和第三区域的边界的基站时。源接入网设备确定终端设备接入运营商Y所使用的PLMN ID为方案2中的PLMN–ID(YA)(也可以是其他方案中的PLMN ID)。源接入网设备确定与其相邻的运营商Y的接入网设备的频率(或频点)F3。此时，源接入网设备确定目标PLMN ID为PLMN–ID(YA)，目标接入网设备的频率为F3。When the source access network device is a base station at the boundary between the first area and the third area. The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator Y is the PLMN-ID (YA) in scheme 2 (it can also be the PLMN ID in other schemes). The source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F3 of the access network device of operator Y adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(YA), and the frequency of the target access network device is F3.
方式1.2、对于运营商X的源接入网设备，当该源接入网设备为第二区域和第一区域的边界的基站时。源接入网设备确定终端设备接入运营商A所使用的PLMN ID为PLMN–ID(A)。源接入网设备确定与其相邻的运营商A接入网设备的频率(或频点)F1。此时，源接入网设备确定目标PLMN ID为PLMN–ID(A)，目标接入网设备的频率为F1。Mode 1.2. For the source access network device of operator X, when the source access network device is a base station at the border between the second area and the first area. The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator A is PLMN-ID(A). The source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F1 of the access network device of operator A adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(A), and the frequency of the target access network device is F1.
当该源接入网设备为第二区域和第三区域的边界的基站时。源接入网设备确定终端设备接入运营商Y所使用的PLMN ID为方案2中的PLMN–ID(YA)(也可以是其他方案中的PLMN ID)。源接入网设备确定与其相邻的运营商Y的接入网设备的频率(或频点)F3。此时，源接入网设备确定目标PLMN ID为PLMN–ID(YA)，目标接入网设备的频率为F3。When the source access network device is a base station at the boundary between the second area and the third area. The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator Y is the PLMN-ID (YA) in scheme 2 (it can also be the PLMN ID in other schemes). The source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F3 of the access network device of operator Y adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(YA), and the frequency of the target access network device is F3.
方式1.3、对于运营商Y的源接入网设备，当该源接入网设备为第三区域和第一区域的边界的基站时。源接入网设备确定终端设备接入运营商A所使用的PLMN ID为PLMN–ID(A)。源接入网设备确定与其相邻的运营商A的接入网设备的频率(或频点)F1。此时，源接入网设备确定目标PLMN ID为PLMN–ID(A)，目标接入网设备的频率为F1。Mode 1.3. For the source access network equipment of operator Y, when the source access network equipment is a base station at the boundary between the third area and the first area. The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator A is PLMN-ID(A). The source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F1 of the access network device of operator A adjacent to it. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(A), and the frequency of the target access network device is F1.
当该源接入网设备为第三区域和第二区域的边界的基站时。源接入网设备确定终端设备接入运营商X所使用的PLMN ID为方案2中的PLMN–ID(XA)(也可以是其他方案中的PLMN ID)。源接入网设备确定与其相邻的运营商X接入网设备的频率(或频点)F2。此时，源接入网设备确定目标PLMN ID为PLMN–ID(XA)，目标接入网设备的频率为F2。When the source access network device is a base station at the boundary between the third area and the second area. The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID used by the terminal device to access operator X is the PLMN-ID (XA) in scheme 2 (it can also be the PLMN ID in other schemes). The source access network device determines the frequency (or frequency point) F2 of the adjacent operator X access network device. At this time, the source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN-ID(XA), and the frequency of the target access network device is F2.
方式2、在终端设备重定向过程中，源接入网设备能够根据终端设备当前的服务的PLMN ID，选择目标PLMN ID并指示给接入和移动管理功能(Access and Mobility Management Function，AMF)。Method 2. During the terminal device redirection process, the source access network device can select the target PLMN ID according to the PLMN ID currently served by the terminal device and indicate it to the Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF).
源接入网设备能够向源AMF指示选择的目标PLMN ID和目标的PLMN ID下的小区。The source access network device can indicate the selected target PLMN ID and the cells under the target PLMN ID to the source AMF.
源AMF能够根据源接入网设备提供的TAI信息选择目标AMF/移动性管理实体(Mobility Management Entity，MME)移动性管理实体MME(本申请主要以目标AMF为例进行说明)。然后，源AMF将选择的目标PLMN ID发送给目标AMF/MME。The source AMF can select the target AMF/mobility management entity (Mobility Management Entity, MME) mobility management entity MME according to the TAI information provided by the source access network device (this application mainly uses the target AMF as an example for illustration). Then, the source AMF sends the selected target PLMN ID to the target AMF/MME.
具体来说，源接入网设备能够确定所述终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID，根据所述终端设备的服务PLMN ID，确定所述终端设备的归属网络；终端设备确定所述终端设备的归属网络在所述第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID，终端设备确定第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。Specifically, the source access network device can determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device, and determine the home network of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device; the terminal device determines the home network of the terminal device The PLMN ID in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID, and the terminal device determines that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
一种示例，运营商A的终端设备在从第二区域移动到第一区域的过程中，确定当前服务的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(XA)(也即接入网设备采用方案2广播PLMN ID)。此时，源接入网设备根据当前服务的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(XA)确定终端设备的归属网络为运营商A的网络。在运营商A的网络中运营商A的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)。此时，源接入网设备确定PLMN ID(A)为目标PLMN ID。In one example, during the process of moving from the second area to the first area, the terminal equipment of operator A determines that the PLMN ID of the current service is PLMN ID (XA) (that is, the access network equipment adopts scheme 2 to broadcast the PLMN ID) . At this time, the source access network device determines that the home network of the terminal device is the network of operator A according to the PLMN ID of the current service being the PLMN ID(XA). In the network of operator A, the PLMN ID of operator A is PLMN ID(A). At this point, the source access network device determines that the PLMN ID (A) is the target PLMN ID.
又一种示例，运营商X的接入网设备为运营商A的终端设备广播了PLMN ID(XA)。当运营商A的终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域时，运营商X的接入网设备能够根据终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID(XA)，确定终端设备的归属网络为PLMN ID(A)，此时运营商X的接入网设备根据当前的服务PLMN ID(XA)，确定目标PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)。运营商X的接入网设备向运营商X的AMF指示目标PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)。In another example, the access network equipment of operator X broadcasts the PLMN ID (XA) for the terminal equipment of operator A. When the terminal equipment of operator A moves from the second area to the first area, the access network equipment of operator X can determine that the home network of the terminal equipment is PLMN ID (A) according to the current service PLMN ID (XA) of the terminal equipment. ), at this time, the access network device of operator X determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN ID (A) according to the current service PLMN ID (XA). The access network device of operator X indicates to the AMF of operator X that the target PLMN ID is PLMN ID(A).
以上仅为示例性说明，终端设备在其他区域之间移动的过程的实现方式类型，不再赘述。The foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the types of implementation manners for the process of terminal equipment moving between other areas will not be repeated here.
方式3、源接入网设备根据源AMF下发的PLMN列表确定目标PLMN ID(记为方式3.1)，或者根据源AMF下发的移动性限制列表确定目标PLMN ID(记为方式3.2)。以下，分别对方式3.1和方式3.2进行说明：Mode 3. The source access network device determines the target PLMN ID according to the PLMN list issued by the source AMF (referred to as mode 3.1), or determines the target PLMN ID according to the mobility restriction list issued by the source AMF (represented as mode 3.2). In the following, modes 3.1 and 3.2 are described respectively:
方式3.1、源接入网设备根据源AMF下发的PLMN列表确定目标PLMN ID。Method 3.1. The source access network device determines the target PLMN ID according to the PLMN list issued by the source AMF.
具体来说，所述源AMF确定所述终端设备的PLMN辅助信息；所述PLMN辅助信息包括以下至少一项：所述终端设备的服务PLMN ID、所述终端设备的SUPI号段，所述终端设备的位置信息；所述源AMF根据所述终端设备的PLMN辅助信 息，确定所述第一PLMN ID，并根据所述第一PLMN ID生成所述PLMN列表。源AMF向所述源接入网设备发送PLMN列表。源接入网设备根据PLMN列表确定目标PLMN ID。Specifically, the source AMF determines the PLMN auxiliary information of the terminal device; the PLMN auxiliary information includes at least one of the following: the service PLMN ID of the terminal device, the SUPI number segment of the terminal device, and the terminal The location information of the device; the source AMF determines the first PLMN ID according to the PLMN auxiliary information of the terminal device, and generates the PLMN list according to the first PLMN ID. The source AMF sends the PLMN list to the source access network device. The source access network device determines the target PLMN ID according to the PLMN list.
或者，源AMF根据终端设备的HPLMN、服务PLMN、EPLMN、前一个PLMN(Last PLMN)等信息，确定终端设备的PLMN列表。Or, the source AMF determines the PLMN list of the terminal device according to information such as the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, the EPLMN, and the previous PLMN (Last PLMN).
其中，所述PLMN列表中包括第一PLMN ID；所述第一PLMN ID为所述终端设备的归属网络在所述第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID。Wherein, the PLMN list includes a first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network.
一种示例，运营商A的终端设备在从第二区域移动到第一区域的过程中，确定当前服务的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(XX)(也即接入网设备采用方案3广播PLMN ID)。此时源接入网设备根据终端设备的SUPI号段确定终端设备的归属网络信息为运营商A的网络。运营商A的网络中运营商A的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)，此时源AMF确定第一PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)。PLMN列表中包括PLMN ID(A)。源AMF向源接入网设备发送PLMN列表。源接入网设备根据PLMN列表确定目标PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)。An example, during the process of moving from the second area to the first area, the terminal equipment of operator A determines that the PLMN ID of the current service is PLMN ID (XX) (that is, the access network equipment adopts scheme 3 to broadcast the PLMN ID) . At this time, the source access network device determines that the home network information of the terminal device is the network of operator A according to the SUPI number segment of the terminal device. In the network of operator A, the PLMN ID of operator A is PLMN ID(A), and at this time, the source AMF determines that the first PLMN ID is PLMN ID(A). PLMN ID (A) is included in the PLMN list. The source AMF sends the PLMN list to the source access network device. The source access network device determines that the target PLMN ID is PLMN ID(A) according to the PLMN list.
又一种示例，当运营商A的终端设备接入运营商X的接入网设备和AMF之后，运营商X的AMF会根据终端设备的服务PLMN ID、终端设备的号段、终端设备的位置信息中的至少一项，向终端设备下发PLMN列表。当终端设备处于第一区域和第二区域的边界位置时，运营商X的AMF下发包含PLMN ID(A)的EPLMN列表。当终端设备处于第二区域和第三区域的边界位置时，运营商X的AMF下发包含PLMN ID(YA)的EPLMN列表。In another example, after the terminal device of operator A accesses the access network equipment and AMF of operator X, the AMF of operator X will use the service PLMN ID of the terminal device, the number segment of the terminal device, and the location of the terminal device at least one item in the information, and deliver the PLMN list to the terminal device. When the terminal device is at the border of the first area and the second area, the AMF of operator X sends the EPLMN list including the PLMN ID (A). When the terminal device is at the border of the second area and the third area, the AMF of operator X sends the EPLMN list including the PLMN ID (YA).
以上仅为示例性说明，终端设备在其他区域之间移动的过程的实现方式类型，不再赘述。The foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the types of implementation manners for the process of terminal equipment moving between other areas will not be repeated here.
方式3.2、源AMF根据源AMF下发的移动性限制列表确定目标PLMN ID。Mode 3.2. The source AMF determines the target PLMN ID according to the mobility restriction list issued by the source AMF.
确定所述终端设备的位置信息，并确定在所述终端设备的位置信息表征的位置上，与所述第一PLMN网络相邻的PLMN网络为所述第二PLMN网络。源AMF确定所述第二PLMN网络中允许所述终端设备接入网的PLMN ID；源AMF确定所述允许所述终端设备接入网的PLMN ID为所述第一PLMN ID。所述源AMF向所述源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表；所述源接入网设备确定所述移动性限制列表指示的所述第一PLMN ID为所述目标PLMN ID。Determine the location information of the terminal device, and determine that at the location represented by the location information of the terminal device, the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network. The source AMF determines the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network; the source AMF determines that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID. The source AMF sends a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the source access network device determines that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
其中，所述移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；所述第一PLMN ID为所述终端设备的归属网络在所述第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID。Wherein, the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network.
一种示例，运营商A的终端设备在从第二区域移动到第一区域的过程中，源 AMF确定当前位置运营商X的相邻网络为运营商A的网络。运营商A的网络中允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)。源AMF确定PLMN ID(A)为第一PLMN ID，并通过移动性限制列表向源接入网设备指示PLMN ID(A)。源接入网设备确定PLMN ID(A)为目标PLMN ID。又一种示例，运营商X的AMF为运营商A的终端设备下发移动性限制列表，指示终端设备优先选择PLMN ID(A)的5G NR接入技术，PLMN ID(YA)的5G NR接入技术。AMF可以根据TA下发移动性限制列表。当终端设备处于第一区域和第二区域的边界时，指示终端设备优先选择PLMN ID(A)的5G NR接入技术。在第二区域和第三区域的边界时，指示终端设备优先选择PLMN ID(YA)的5G NR接入技术。In one example, when the terminal device of operator A is moving from the second area to the first area, the source AMF determines that the adjacent network of operator X at the current location is the network of operator A. The PLMN ID that allows terminal equipment to access the network in operator A's network is PLMN ID(A). The source AMF determines that the PLMN ID (A) is the first PLMN ID, and indicates the PLMN ID (A) to the source access network device through the mobility restriction list. The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID (A) is the target PLMN ID. In another example, the AMF of operator X issues a mobility restriction list to the terminal equipment of operator A, instructing the terminal equipment to preferentially select the 5G NR access technology of PLMN ID (A), and the 5G NR access technology of PLMN ID (YA) into technology. The AMF can issue a mobility restriction list according to the TA. When the terminal device is at the border of the first area and the second area, instruct the terminal device to preferentially select the 5G NR access technology of PLMN ID (A). At the border of the second area and the third area, instruct the terminal device to preferentially select the 5G NR access technology of PLMN ID (YA).
以上仅为示例性说明，终端设备在其他区域之间移动的过程的实现方式类型，不再赘述。The foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the types of implementation manners for the process of terminal equipment moving between other areas will not be repeated here.
方式4、源接入网设备根据终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID和源AMF下发的EPLMN，选择目标PLMN ID。Method 4. The source access network device selects the target PLMN ID according to the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device and the EPLMN issued by the source AMF.
例如，运营商X的接入网设备为运营商A的终端设备广播了相同的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(XX)(例如，上述方案3)时，运营商A的终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域时，运营商X的接入网设备能够根据终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID(XX)和源AMF下发的PLMN列表，向运营商X的AMF指示目标PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)。For example, when the access network equipment of operator X broadcasts the same PLMN ID as PLMN ID (XX) for the terminal equipment of operator A (for example, when the above scheme 3), the terminal equipment of operator A moves from the second area to In the first area, the access network equipment of operator X can indicate to the AMF of operator X that the target PLMN ID is PLMN ID (A) according to the current service PLMN ID (XX) of the terminal equipment and the PLMN list issued by the source AMF .
方式4的具体实现方式可以参照上述方式3.1，此处不再赘述。For the specific implementation manner of mode 4, reference may be made to the above mode 3.1, which will not be repeated here.
以上仅为示例性说明，终端设备在其他区域之间移动的过程的实现方式类型，不再赘述。The foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the types of implementation manners for the process of terminal equipment moving between other areas will not be repeated here.
方式5、源接入网设备根据终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID和源AMF下发的移动性限制列表，选择目标PLMN ID。Method 5. The source access network device selects the target PLMN ID according to the current serving PLMN ID of the terminal device and the mobility restriction list issued by the source AMF.
一种示例，运营商X的共享接入网设备为运营商A的终端设备广播了相同的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(XX)时，运营商A的终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域时，运营商X的接入网设备能够根据终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID(XA)和服务AMF下发的移动性限制列表，向运营商X的AMF指示目标PLMN的PLMN ID为PLMN ID(A)。An example, when the shared access network equipment of operator X broadcasts the same PLMN ID as PLMN ID (XX) for the terminal equipment of operator A, when the terminal equipment of operator A moves from the second area to the first area , the access network device of operator X can indicate to the AMF of operator X that the PLMN ID of the target PLMN is PLMN ID(A) according to the current serving PLMN ID(XA) of the terminal device and the mobility restriction list issued by the serving AMF .
方式5的具体实现方式可以参照上述方式3.2，此处不再赘述。For the specific implementation manner of mode 5, reference may be made to the above mode 3.2, which will not be repeated here.
以上仅为示例性说明，终端设备在其他区域之间移动的过程的实现方式类型，不再赘述。The foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the types of implementation manners for the process of terminal equipment moving between other areas will not be repeated here.
场景3、不同运营商的接入网设备和核心网设备之间的互联与交互。Scenario 3. Interconnection and interaction between access network equipment and core network equipment of different operators.
在场景3中，不同运营商的接入网设备和核心网设备之间的互联与交互，包括以下情况1-情况3。In Scenario 3, the interconnection and interaction between access network devices and core network devices of different operators includes the following cases 1-3.
情况1、不同运营商的接入网设备和核心网设备之间支持连接态的重定向参数。Case 1. Redirection parameters in connection state are supported between access network devices and core network devices of different operators.
具体来说，包括：情况1.1、目标接入网设备能够根据终端设备接入时选择的目标PLMN ID，终端设备的位置信息(例如，在源接入网设备中的TAI)，以及终端设备请求的NSSAI，选择目标AMF。Specifically, it includes: Case 1.1, the target access network device can select the target PLMN ID according to the terminal device's access, the location information of the terminal device (for example, the TAI in the source access network device), and the terminal device's request NSSAI, select the target AMF.
情况1.2、目标AMF能够根据终端设备的源PLMN ID和源PLMN网络为终端设备分配的GUTI(具体为5G-GUTI)发现源AMF。目标AMF发现源AMF过程中的信令可以通过安全信令网关转发。In case 1.2, the target AMF can discover the source AMF according to the source PLMN ID of the terminal device and the GUTI (specifically 5G-GUTI) allocated to the terminal device by the source PLMN network. The signaling in the process of the target AMF discovering the source AMF can be forwarded through the secure signaling gateway.
情况2、不同运营商的AMF质检支持连接态重定向的接口和参数。Case 2. The AMF quality inspection of different operators supports the interface and parameters of connection state redirection.
具体来说，包括：情况2.1、共享核心网的运营商之间支持互联接口N14+，该互联接口可以通过安全信令网关隔离。Specifically, it includes: Case 2.1. The operators sharing the core network support the interconnection interface N14+, and the interconnection interface can be isolated through a secure signaling gateway.
情况2.2、目标AMF可以通过N14+接口从源AMF中获取终端设备的SUPI和终端设备上下文。目标AMF能够根据获取的SUPI和终端设备上下文，为终端设备创建上下文，完成创建之后将结果通知源AMF。In case 2.2, the target AMF can acquire the SUPI of the terminal device and the context of the terminal device from the source AMF through the N14+ interface. The target AMF can create a context for the terminal device according to the acquired SUPI and the terminal device context, and notify the source AMF of the result after the creation is completed.
情况2.3、目标AMF通过跨PLMN的N14+接口从源AMF获取终端设备的接入和移动性数据、终端设备的上下文信息、SMF信息等。这样，目标AMF无需从UDM获取终端设备的签约数据、既保证了终端设备的IP地址和业务的连续性，又优化了流程，减少了UDM的压力。In case 2.3, the target AMF obtains the access and mobility data of the terminal device, context information of the terminal device, SMF information, etc. from the source AMF through the cross-PLMN N14+ interface. In this way, the target AMF does not need to obtain the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM, which not only ensures the IP address of the terminal device and service continuity, but also optimizes the process and reduces the pressure on the UDM.
情况2.4、接入网设备可以通过5G-GUTI为终端设备指示服务PLMN的PLMN ID的变化。In case 2.4, the access network device can indicate the change of the PLMN ID of the serving PLMN for the terminal device through 5G-GUTI.
情况3、源接入网设备、源AMF、源SMF、源UPF、目标接入网设备、目标AMF、目标SMF、目标UPF等网元能够支持连接态的核心网共享架构下的重定向信令流程。Case 3. Network elements such as source access network equipment, source AMF, source SMF, source UPF, target access network equipment, target AMF, target SMF, and target UPF can support redirection signaling under the core network sharing architecture in the connected state process.
以上，结合场景1和场景3、对本申请的通信***中，终端设备，接入网设备和核心网设备所需执行相应的动作过程以及实现相应的功能进行了详细介绍。Above, combined with Scenario 1 and Scenario 3, in the communication system of the present application, the terminal device, the access network device and the core network device need to perform corresponding action processes and implement corresponding functions in detail.
图4为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信***40的结构示意图。如图4所示，本申请实施例提供的通信***包括：终端设备401、源接入网设备402、源接入和移动管理功能AMF403、目标AMF404、以及目标接入网设备405；源接入网设备402和源AMF403归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；目标AMF404归属于第二PLMN网络；源AMF403与目标AMF404通过通信接口连接；源接入网设备402，用于确定目标接入网设备405的频点信息，并向终端设备401发送频点信息；终端设备401，用于根据频点信息确定目标接入网设备405，并向目标接入网设备405 发起重定向请求；重定向请求中包括终端设备401的第一全局唯一临时标识GUTI；第一GUTI为终端设备401在第一PLMN网络中的GUTI；目标接入网设备405，用于向目标AMF404转发重定向请求；目标AMF404，用于确定终端设备401的第一GUTI，根据第一GUTI确定源AMF403，并向源AMF403发送会话信息请求消息；源AMF403，用于响应于会话请求消息，向目标AMF404发送终端设备401的会话信息。FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication system 40 provided in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 4, the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application includes: a terminal device 401, a source access network device 402, a source access and mobility management function AMF403, a target AMF404, and a target access network device 405; The network device 402 and the source AMF403 belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF404 belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF403 and the target AMF404 are connected through a communication interface; the source access network device 402 is used to determine the target access network The frequency point information of the device 405, and send the frequency point information to the terminal device 401; the terminal device 401 is used to determine the target access network device 405 according to the frequency point information, and initiate a redirection request to the target access network device 405; The request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device 401; the first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device 401 in the first PLMN network; the target access network device 405 is used to forward the redirection request to the target AMF404; the target AMF404 , used to determine the first GUTI of the terminal device 401, determine the source AMF403 according to the first GUTI, and send a session information request message to the source AMF403; the source AMF403 is used to send the session of the terminal device 401 to the target AMF404 in response to the session request message information.
上述技术方案至少带来以下有益效果：在本申请提供的通信***中，不同运营商的源AMF和目标AMF之间通过通信接口通信(示例性的，通信接口可以为N14+接口)。终端设备在从第一PLMN网络重定向到第二PLMN网络时，源接入网设备通过发现目标接入网设备的频点向终端设备指示目标接入网设备的频点，以使得终端设备可以根据频点信息接入到目标接入网设备中。目标AMF根据终端设备的GUTI发现源AMF，并从源AMF中获取终端设备的会话信息。这样目标AMF可以根据终端设备的会话信息在第二PLMN网络中为终端设备创建会话，从而使终端设备可以重定向到第二PLMN网络中。从而实现连接态的终端设备在多个运营商的网络之间的重定向。The above technical solution brings at least the following beneficial effects: In the communication system provided by the present application, source AMFs and target AMFs of different operators communicate through a communication interface (for example, the communication interface may be an N14+ interface). When the terminal device is redirected from the first PLMN network to the second PLMN network, the source access network device indicates the frequency point of the target access network device to the terminal device by discovering the frequency point of the target access network device, so that the terminal device can Access to the target access network device according to the frequency point information. The target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUTI of the terminal device, and obtains the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF. In this way, the target AMF can create a session for the terminal device in the second PLMN network according to the session information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be redirected to the second PLMN network. In this way, the redirection of connected terminal devices among the networks of multiple operators is realized.
在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备402，具体用于：确定目标PLMD标识ID；目标PLMN ID为终端设备401接入第二PLMN网络时所需选择的PLMN ID；确定目标PLMN ID对应的PLMN网络的频点信息为目标接入网设备405的频点信息。In a possible implementation, the source access network device 402 is specifically used to: determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device 401 accesses the second PLMN network; determine the target PLMN The frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device 405 .
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF404，还用于向源AMF403发送第一请求消息；第一请求消息用于请求终端设备401的上下文信息和用户永久标识符SUPI；源AMF403，用于根据第一请求消息向目标AMF404发送第一响应消息；第一响应消息包括终端设备401的上下文信息和SUPI；目标AMF404，还用于根据SUPI确定终端设备401，并根据上下文信息为终端设备401创建上下文。In a possible implementation, the target AMF404 is further configured to send a first request message to the source AMF403; the first request message is used to request the context information and the user permanent identifier SUPI of the terminal device 401; the source AMF403 is used to The first request message sends a first response message to the target AMF404; the first response message includes context information and SUPI of the terminal device 401; the target AMF404 is also used to determine the terminal device 401 according to the SUPI, and create a context for the terminal device 401 according to the context information .
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF404，具体用于：解析第一GUTI，确定第一GUTI中的全局唯一AMF标识GUAMI；确定GUAMI所表征的AMF为源AMF403。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF404 is specifically configured to: analyze the first GUTI, determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; determine the AMF represented by the GUAMI as the source AMF403.
在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF403，还用于向源接入网设备402发送PLMN列表；述PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：终端设备401的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN；源接入网设备402，还用于从PLMN列表中确定目标PLMN。In a possible implementation, the source AMF 403 is further configured to send the PLMN list to the source access network device 402; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device 401, the serving PLMN, the equivalent public land mobile The network EPLMN is the PLMN selected last time; the source access network device 402 is also used to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备402，具体用于：根据PLMN列表，确定终端设备401当前的服务PLMN ID；根据终端设备401的服务PLMN ID，确定终端设备401的归属网络；确定终端设备401的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的 PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID；确定第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。In a possible implementation manner, the source access network device 402 is specifically configured to: determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device 401 according to the PLMN list; determine the home network of the terminal device 401 according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device 401 ; Determine that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device 401 in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; determine that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF403，还用于向源接入网设备402发送移动性限制列表；移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；第一PLMN ID为终端设备401的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID；源接入网设备402，用于接收移动性限制列表，确定移动性限制列表指示的第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。In a possible implementation manner, the source AMF403 is also used to send the mobility restriction list to the source access network device 402; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the affiliation of the terminal device 401 The PLMN ID of the network in the second PLMN network; the source access network device 402 is configured to receive the mobility restriction list, and determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF403，具体用于：确定终端设备401的位置信息；确定在终端设备401的位置信息表征的位置上，与第一PLMN网络相邻的PLMN网络为第二PLMN网络；确定第二PLMN网络中允许终端设备401接入网的PLMN ID；确定允许终端设备401接入网的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID。In a possible implementation manner, the source AMF403 is specifically configured to: determine the location information of the terminal device 401; determine that at the location represented by the location information of the terminal device 401, the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network; Determine the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device 401 to access the network in the second PLMN network; Determine that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device 401 to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
在一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备402，还用于：确定第二PLMN网络中与源接入网设备402相邻的接入网设备为目标接入网设备405；确定目标接入网设备405的频点信息。In a possible implementation manner, the source access network device 402 is also used to: determine the access network device adjacent to the source access network device 402 in the second PLMN network as the target access network device 405; determine the target access network device 405; Frequency point information of the access network device 405.
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标接入网设备405，还用于：获取目标PLMN ID，终端设备401的位置信息，以及终端设备401请求的切片信息；根据目标PLMN ID，终端设备401的位置信息，以及终端设备401请求的切片信息，确定目标AMF404。In a possible implementation, the target access network device 405 is also used to: obtain the target PLMN ID, the location information of the terminal device 401, and the slice information requested by the terminal device 401; according to the target PLMN ID, the terminal device 401's The location information, and the slice information requested by the terminal device 401 determine the target AMF 404 .
在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF403，还用于向目标AMF404发送第一切片指示信息；第一切片指示信息用于指示第一切片信息，第一切片信息为终端设备401在归属网络中的切片信息。In a possible implementation manner, the source AMF403 is further configured to send the first slice indication information to the target AMF404; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice information, and the first slice information is the terminal device 401 Slicing information in the home network.
在一种可能的实现方式中，源AMF403，具体用于：在源AMF403与目标AMF404的PLMN ID不同的情况下，确定第一切片信息；根据第一切片信息，生成第一切片指示消息。In a possible implementation manner, the source AMF403 is specifically configured to: determine the first slice information when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF403 and the target AMF404 are different; generate the first slice indication according to the first slice information information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，第一指示信息具体用于指示终端设备401在第一PLMN网络中的切片信息，和第一网络中的映射的终端设备401在归属网络中的切片信息中的至少一项；目标AMF404，具体用于：在第一PLMN网络为归属网络的情况下，确定终端设备401在第一PLMN网络中的切片信息为第一切片信息；在第一PLMN网络不为归属网络的情况下，确定第一网络中的映射的终端设备401在归属网络中的切片信息为第一切片信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first indication information is specifically used to indicate the slice information of the terminal device 401 in the first PLMN network, and the slice information of the mapped terminal device 401 in the home network in the first network. At least one item; the target AMF404 is specifically used to: when the first PLMN network is the home network, determine that the slice information of the terminal device 401 in the first PLMN network is the first slice information; when the first PLMN network is not In the case of the home network, it is determined that the slice information of the mapped terminal device 401 in the first network in the home network is the first slice information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF404，还用于：确定第一切片信息；确定第一切片信息在第二PLMN网络中映射的第二切片信息；根据第二切片信息，以及终端设备401的位置信息中的至少一项，确定目标会话管理功能SMF；目标SMF为第二PLMN网络中的SMF。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF404 is further configured to: determine the first slice information; determine the second slice information mapped to the first slice information in the second PLMN network; according to the second slice information, and the terminal At least one item in the location information of the device 401 determines a target session management function SMF; the target SMF is an SMF in the second PLMN network.
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF404，还用于向源AMF403发送注册状态 更新消息；注册状态更新消息用于指示源AMF403释放预设会话；预设会话为源AMF403中为终端设备401建立的目标AMF404不支持的会话；源AMF403，还用于响应于注册状态更新消息，释放预设会话。In a possible implementation, the target AMF404 is also used to send a registration status update message to the source AMF403; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF403 to release the preset session; the preset session is established for the terminal device 401 in the source AMF403 The target AMF404 does not support the session; the source AMF403 is also used to release the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该***还包括：归属统一数据管理功能UDM406；目标AMF404，还用于向归属UDM406发送上下文请求消息；上下文请求消息用于向UDM406请求终端设备401的签约数据；UDM406，用于响应上下文请求消息，向目标AMF404发送终端设备401的签约数据。In a possible implementation, the system further includes: a home unified data management function UDM406; a target AMF404, which is also used to send a context request message to the home UDM406; the context request message is used to request the subscription data of the terminal device 401 to the UDM406; The UDM406 is configured to send the subscription data of the terminal device 401 to the target AMF404 in response to the context request message.
在一种可能的实现方式中其特征在于，目标AMF404，还用于通过通信接口，从源AMF403获取终端设备401的签约数据。In a possible implementation manner, it is characterized in that the target AMF404 is further configured to acquire the subscription data of the terminal device 401 from the source AMF403 through the communication interface.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该***还包括：目标网络切片选择功能NSSF408；目标AMF404，还用于根据第一切片信息向目标NSSF408发起查询，确定第二切片信息，以及支持第二切片信息的AMF列表。In a possible implementation, the system further includes: a target network slice selection function NSSF408; a target AMF404, which is also used to initiate a query to the target NSSF408 according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and support the second slice AMF list of information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF404，还用于根据第一切片信息，查询目标AMF404中配置的切片映射关系，确定第二切片信息，以及支持第二切片信息的AMF列表。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF 404 is further configured to query the slice mapping relationship configured in the target AMF 404 according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and a list of AMFs supporting the second slice information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该***还包括：第一AMF；目标AMF404，还用于：确定AMF列表中是否包括目标AMF404；第一AMF为AMF列表中的AMF；若不包括，根据AMF列表确定第一AMF。In a possible implementation, the system further includes: a first AMF; a target AMF404, which is also used to: determine whether the target AMF404 is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; if not included, according to the AMF The list identifies the first AMF.
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF404，还用于向目标接入网设备405发送第一指示信息，第一指示信息包括以下至少一项：第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息；目标接入网设备405，用于根据第一指示信息生成第二指示信息，并向第一AMF发送第二指示信息；第二指示信息包括以下至少一项：第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息；第一AMF，用于根据第二指示信息，确定第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF 404 is further configured to send first indication information to the target access network device 405, where the first indication information includes at least one of the following: the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, the second slice information; the target access network device 405 is configured to generate second indication information according to the first indication information, and send the second indication information to the first AMF; the second indication information includes at least one of the following: an identifier of the first AMF, The registration request message, the second slice information; the first AMF, configured to determine at least one of the identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information according to the second indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF404，还用于向第一AMF发送第三指示信息；第三指示信息包括以下至少一项：注册请求消息，终端设备的SUPI，终端设备401的上下文，第二切片信息；第一AMF，用于根据第三指示信息，确定注册请求消息，终端设备的SUPI，终端设备401的上下文，第二切片信息中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF 404 is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF; the third indication information includes at least one of the following: a registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device 401, The second slice information; the first AMF is configured to determine at least one of the registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device 401, and the second slice information according to the third indication information.
在一种可能的实现方式中，该***还包括：归属SMF407和归属策略控制功能PCF408；归属SMF407，还用于向归属PCF408发送第四指示信息；第四指示信息用于指示进行SM策略管理；以及向归属PCF408指示终端设备401的位置信息。In a possible implementation, the system further includes: a home SMF407 and a home policy control function PCF408; the home SMF407 is further configured to send fourth indication information to the home PCF408; the fourth indication information is used to indicate SM policy management; And indicate the location information of the terminal device 401 to the home PCF 408 .
在一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF404，还用于向目标接入网设备405发送 第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示PLMN列表，和移动性限制列表中的至少一项。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF 404 is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device 405, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the PLMN list and the mobility restriction list.
以上，对本申请实施例提供的有一种通信***中各个网元的交互过程进行了说明。此外，本申请实施例还提供了一种通信方法，用于实现连接态的终端设备在多个运营商的网络之间的重定向。Above, the interaction process of each network element in the communication system provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described. In addition, the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which is used to realize the redirection of a terminal device in a connected state between networks of multiple operators.
如图5所示，为本申请实施例还提供了一种通信方法，可以应用于图2-图4中的任一通信***中。如图5所示，该方法包括：As shown in FIG. 5 , the embodiment of the present application also provides a communication method, which can be applied to any communication system in FIGS. 2-4 . As shown in Figure 5, the method includes:
S501、源接入网设备确定目标接入网设备的频点信息。S501. The source access network device determines frequency point information of the target access network device.
一种可能的实现方式中，源接入网设备确定目标PLMD标识ID；目标PLMN ID为终端设备接入第二PLMN网络时所需选择的PLMN ID；源接入网设备确定目标PLMN ID对应的PLMN网络的频点信息为目标接入网设备的频点信息。In a possible implementation, the source access network device determines the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network; the source access network device determines the PLMN ID corresponding to the target PLMN ID. The frequency point information of the PLMN network is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
需要指出的是，源接入网设备确定目标接入网设备的频点信息的过程可以参照上述场景2中源接入网设备选择目标PLMN ID和目标接入网设备的频率的过程进行理解，此处不再赘述。It should be pointed out that the process of the source access network device determining the frequency point information of the target access network device can be understood by referring to the process of the source access network device selecting the target PLMN ID and the frequency of the target access network device in the above scenario 2. I won't repeat them here.
S502、源接入网设备向终端设备发送频点信息。相应的，终端设备接收来自源接入网设备的频点信息。S502. The source access network device sends frequency point information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the frequency point information from the source access network device.
S503、终端设备根据频点信息确定目标接入网设备。S503. The terminal device determines the target access network device according to the frequency point information.
一种可能的实现方式中，终端设备中搜索各个接入网设备发送的信号，并选择信号频点信息与上述频点信息相同的接入网设备为目标接入网设备。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal device searches for signals sent by each access network device, and selects an access network device whose signal frequency point information is the same as the above frequency point information as a target access network device.
S504、终端设备向目标接入网设备发起重定向请求。相应的，目标接入网设备接收来自终端设备的重定向请求。S504. The terminal device initiates a redirection request to the target access network device. Correspondingly, the target access network device receives the redirection request from the terminal device.
其中，重定向请求中包括终端设备的第一GUTI；第一GUTI为终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的GUTI。Wherein, the redirection request includes the first GUTI of the terminal device; the first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network.
可选的，重定向请求为终端设备向目标接入网设备发送的移动性注册更新Registration Request。Registration Request携带第一PLMN网络为终端设备分配的5G-GUTI，终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的TAI，终端设备需要激活的PDU会话列表，终端设备请求的NSSAI。Optionally, the redirection request is a mobility registration update Registration Request sent by the terminal device to the target access network device. The Registration Request carries the 5G-GUTI allocated by the first PLMN network to the terminal device, the TAI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, the list of PDU sessions that the terminal device needs to activate, and the NSSAI requested by the terminal device.
S505、目标接入网设备向目标AMF转发重定向请求。相应的，目标AMF接收来自目标接入网设备的重定向请求。S505. The target access network device forwards the redirection request to the target AMF. Correspondingly, the target AMF receives the redirection request from the target access network device.
一种可能的实现方式中，目标接入网设备根据终端设备接入目标接入网设备是选择的PLMN ID(也即上述目标PLMN ID)，终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的TAI，终终端设备请求的NSSAI，选择目标AMF。在选择目标AMF后，向目标AMF转 发上述重定向请求。In a possible implementation, the target access network device is selected according to the PLMN ID (that is, the above-mentioned target PLMN ID) that the terminal device accesses the target access network device, the TAI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and the TAI of the terminal device The NSSAI requested by the device, selects the target AMF. After selecting the target AMF, forward the above-mentioned redirection request to the target AMF.
S506、目标AMF根据重定向请求确定源AMF。S506. The target AMF determines the source AMF according to the redirection request.
一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF解析所述重定向请求，确定所述重定向请求中携带的第一GUTI。目标AMF解析所述述第一GUTI，确定所述第一GUTI中的全局唯一AMF标识GUAMI；所述目标AMF确定所述GUAMI所表征的AMF为所述源AMF。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF parses the redirection request, and determines the first GUTI carried in the redirection request. The target AMF parses the first GUTI, and determines a globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; the target AMF determines that the AMF represented by the GUAMI is the source AMF.
S507、目标AMF向源AMF发送会话信息请求消息。相应的，源AMF接收来自目标AMF的会话信息请求消息。S507. The target AMF sends a session information request message to the source AMF. Correspondingly, the source AMF receives the session information request message from the target AMF.
可选的，上述会话请求消息为：Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request。该消息中携带NAS消息complete Registration Request。Optionally, the above session request message is: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request. The message carries the NAS message complete Registration Request.
会话请求消息用于向源AMF请求获取终端设备的SUPI(即IMSI)和终端设备的上下文信息。终端设备的上下文信息包括：终端设备在归属网络的AUSF\PCF\UDM信息，终端设备的接入和移动性上下文、终端设备的每个PDU会话的上下文，终端设备在HPLMN的Allowed NSSAI及对应的HPLMN。The session request message is used to request the source AMF to obtain the SUPI (that is, IMSI) of the terminal device and the context information of the terminal device. The context information of the terminal device includes: the AUSF\PCF\UDM information of the terminal device in the home network, the access and mobility context of the terminal device, the context of each PDU session of the terminal device, the Allowed NSSAI of the terminal device in HPLMN and the corresponding HPLMN.
S508、源AMF向目标AMF发送终端设备的会话信息。S508. The source AMF sends the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF.
可选的，上述会话请求消息为：Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response。该消息中携带SUPI，UE Context、SMF information，DNN(s)，源NSSAI(s)and PDU Session ID(s)。Optionally, the above session request message is: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response. The message carries SUPI, UE Context, SMF information, DNN(s), source NSSAI(s) and PDU Session ID(s).
目标AMF接收到会话信息之后，根据会话信息在第二PLMN网络中为终端设备创建上下文。After receiving the session information, the target AMF creates a context for the terminal device in the second PLMN network according to the session information.
需要指出的是，在上述过程中，源AMF需要向目标AMF指示终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息(记为第一切片信息)，以便于目标AMF根据第一切片信息映射终端设备在第二PLMN网络中的切片信息(记为第二切片信息)。其中，源AMF和目标AMF之间可以通过以下方式指示第一切片信息并确定第二切片信息，以下进行详细说明：It should be pointed out that in the above process, the source AMF needs to indicate to the target AMF the slice information of the terminal device in the home network (denoted as the first slice information), so that the target AMF can map the terminal device in the home network according to the first slice information. Slice information in the second PLMN network (denoted as second slice information). Among them, the source AMF and the target AMF can indicate the first slice information and determine the second slice information in the following manner, which will be described in detail below:
方法1、源AMF在会话请求消息中增加新的信元消息指示第一切片信息。Method 1. The source AMF adds a new information element message to indicate the first slice information in the session request message.
源AMF在向目标AMF发送Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext消息时，确定源AMF和目标AMF的PLMN ID是否相同。若不相同，则在Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext增加第一信元消息(例如，allowedHomeNssai)，用于指示第一切片信息。目标AMF接收到Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext之后，解析获取第一信元消息，根据第一信元消息确定第一切片信息。When the source AMF sends the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext message to the target AMF, determine whether the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are the same. If not, add a first information element message (for example, allowedHomeNssai) to Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext to indicate the first slice information. After receiving the Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext, the target AMF parses and acquires the first cell message, and determines the first slice information according to the first cell message.
示例性的，第一信元消息承载在UeContex目标>MmContext->allowedHomeNssai 中。Exemplarily, the first cell message is carried in UeContext object>MmContext->allowedHomeNssai.
方法2、源AMF根据会话请求消息的原有信元指示第一切片信息，目标AMF根据终端设备的移动场景的不同从会话请求消息解析不同的信元确定第一切片信息。Method 2: The source AMF indicates the first slice information according to the original information element of the session request message, and the target AMF determines the first slice information by analyzing different information elements from the session request message according to different mobile scenarios of the terminal device.
具体来说，所述会话请求消息具体用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一PLMN网络中的切片信息，和所述第一网络中的映射的所述终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息中的至少一项。Specifically, the session request message is specifically used to indicate the slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and the mapped slice information of the terminal device in the home network in the first network At least one of the .
目标AMF根据终端设备的移动场景不同解析会话请求消息确定第一切片信息。The target AMF parses the session request message according to different mobile scenarios of the terminal device to determine the first slice information.
所述目标AMF在所述第一PLMN网络为所述归属网络的情况下，确定所述终端设备在所述第一PLMN网络中的切片信息为所述第一切片信息。The target AMF determines that slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network is the first slice information when the first PLMN network is the home network.
一种示例，源AMF通过Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext中的UeContextTransferRspData->UeContex目标>MmContex目标>allowedNssai将切片信息传递给目标AMF，目标AMF将allowedNssai视为第一切片信息。In one example, the source AMF transfers slice information to the target AMF through UeContextTransferRspData->UeContext target>MmContex target>allowedNssai in Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext, and the target AMF regards allowedNssai as the first slice information.
所述目标AMF在所述第一PLMN网络不为所述归属网络的情况下，确定所述第一网络中的映射的所述终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息为所述第一切片信息。If the first PLMN network is not the home network, the target AMF determines that the mapped slice information of the terminal device in the first network in the home network is the first slice information .
一种示例，源AMF通过Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext中的UeContextTransferRspData->UeContex目标>MmContex目标>nssaiMappingLis目标>hNssai将切片信息传递给目标AMF，目标AMF将hNssai视为第一切片信息。In one example, the source AMF transfers slice information to the target AMF through UeContextTransferRspData->UeContex target>MmContex target>nssaiMappingLis target>hNssai in Namf_Communication_CreateUEContext, and the target AMF regards hNssai as the first slice information.
上述技术方案至少带来以下有益效果：在本申请提供的通信***中，不同运营商的源AMF和目标AMF之间通过通信接口通信(示例性的，通信接口可以为N14+接口)。终端设备在从第一PLMN网络重定向到第二PLMN网络时，源接入网设备通过发现目标接入网设备的频点向终端设备指示目标接入网设备的频点，以使得终端设备可以根据频点信息接入到目标接入网设备中。目标AMF根据终端设备的GUTI发现源AMF，并从源AMF中获取终端设备的会话信息。这样目标AMF可以根据终端设备的会话信息在第二PLMN网络中为终端设备创建会话，从而使终端设备可以重定向到第二PLMN网络中。从而实现连接态的终端设备在多个运营商的网络之间的重定向。The above technical solution brings at least the following beneficial effects: In the communication system provided by the present application, source AMFs and target AMFs of different operators communicate through a communication interface (for example, the communication interface may be an N14+ interface). When the terminal device is redirected from the first PLMN network to the second PLMN network, the source access network device indicates the frequency point of the target access network device to the terminal device by discovering the frequency point of the target access network device, so that the terminal device can Access to the target access network device according to the frequency point information. The target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUTI of the terminal device, and obtains the session information of the terminal device from the source AMF. In this way, the target AMF can create a session for the terminal device in the second PLMN network according to the session information of the terminal device, so that the terminal device can be redirected to the second PLMN network. In this way, the redirection of connected terminal devices among the networks of multiple operators is realized.
以上，对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行了详细说明。Above, the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail.
需要指出的是，本申请实施例提供的通信方法在不同的场景下有不同的重定向流程。例如，结合上述图3，本申请中终端设备的移动场景包括以下场景4-场景6。场景4、终端设备从第一区域移动到第二区域；场景5、终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域；场景6、终端设备从第二区域移动到第三区域。It should be pointed out that the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application has different redirection processes in different scenarios. For example, referring to the above-mentioned FIG. 3 , the mobile scenarios of the terminal device in this application include the following scenarios 4-6. Scenario 4: The terminal device moves from the first area to the second area; Scenario 5: The terminal device moves from the second area to the first area; Scenario 6: The terminal device moves from the second area to the third area.
以下，分别结合上述场景4-场景6，对本申请实施例提供的通信方法中的重定向流程进行说明：In the following, the redirection process in the communication method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in conjunction with the above scenarios 4-6 respectively:
场景4、终端设备从第一区域移动到第二区域。Scenario 4: The terminal device moves from the first area to the second area.
如图6所示，在终端设备从第一区域移动到第二区域时，终端设备的重定向流程包括以下步骤：As shown in Figure 6, when the terminal device moves from the first area to the second area, the redirection process of the terminal device includes the following steps:
S601、源接入网设备向源AMF发送上下文释放请求。S601. The source access network device sends a context release request to the source AMF.
可选的，UE Context Release Request，cause＝redirection，指示运营商A的源AMF释放终端设备上下文，原因为发生重定向，携带该终端设备激活的PDU会话列表。Optionally, UE Context Release Request, cause=redirection, instructs the source AMF of operator A to release the terminal device context because of redirection, and carries the list of PDU sessions activated by the terminal device.
源接入网设备在发起到源AMF的终端设备上下文释放过程的同时，会给终端设备发送AN Connectiong Release消息，向终端指示重定向频点，即运营商X的NR频率F2(上述第一部分描述的NG-RAN和5GC对目标PLMN-ID和频率的选择功能)。When the source access network device initiates the context release process of the terminal device to the source AMF, it will send an AN Connectiong Release message to the terminal device to indicate the redirection frequency point to the terminal, that is, the NR frequency F2 of operator X (described in the first part above) The selection function of target PLMN-ID and frequency by NG-RAN and 5GC).
S602、源接入网设备进行上下文释放。S602. The source access network device releases the context.
具体包括：S602a、运营商A的源AMF发给源接入网设备：UE Context Release Command。Specifically include: S602a, the source AMF of operator A sends to the source access network device: UE Context Release Command.
S602b、源接入网设备回复源AMF：UE Context Release Complete。S602b. The source access network device replies to the source AMF: UE Context Release Complete.
S603、终端设备向目标接入网设备发送移动性注册更新请求。S603. The terminal device sends a mobility registration update request to the target access network device.
可选的，移动性注册更新请求为：Registration Request。移动性注册更新请求携带运营商A给终端设备分配的5G-GUTI，在运营商A的TAI，需要激活的PDU会话列表，请求的NSSAI(该NSSAI为终端设备在源PLMN网络中的NSSAI，无法用于在目标网络中的AMF选择和SMF选择)。Optionally, the mobility registration update request is: Registration Request. The mobility registration update request carries the 5G-GUTI allocated by operator A to the terminal device, the TAI of operator A, the list of PDU sessions that need to be activated, and the requested NSSAI (the NSSAI is the NSSAI of the terminal device in the source PLMN network, which cannot for AMF selection and SMF selection in the target network).
S604、目标接入网设备选择目标AMF。S604. The target access network device selects a target AMF.
一种具体的实现方式中，目标接入网设备根据终端设备选择的PLMN-ID、TAI、请求的NSSAI选择目标AMF。In a specific implementation manner, the target access network device selects the target AMF according to the PLMN-ID, TAI, and requested NSSAI selected by the terminal device.
S605、目标接入网设备向目标AMF转发移动性注册更新请求。S605. The target access network device forwards the mobility registration update request to the target AMF.
S606、目标AMF发现源AMF。S606. The target AMF discovers the source AMF.
一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF根据运营商A为终端设备分配的5G-GUTI发现源AMF。5G-GUTI中包括源AMF的GUAMI。目标AMF根据GUAMF发现源AMF。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the 5G-GUTI allocated by operator A to the terminal equipment. The GUAMI of the source AMF is included in the 5G-GUTI. The target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUAMF.
具体包括，S606a、目标AMF发给源AMF：Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request。Specifically, S606a, the target AMF sends to the source AMF: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request.
Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request中携带：NAS消息complete Registration Request，目标AMF向源AMF获取终端设备的SUPI(即IMSI)和终端设备的上下文，上下文包括终端设备在归属网络的AUSF\PCF\UDM信息，终端设备的接入和移动性上下文、每个PDU会话的上下文，在HPLMN的Allowed NSSAI及对应的HPLMN等。需要指出的是，Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request中 携带终端设备接入目标接入网设备时选择的PLMN ID(即请求的PLMN：request PLMN)，目标PLMN为终端设备的GUAMI中携带的PLMN ID。Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request carries: NAS message complete Registration Request, the target AMF obtains the SUPI (IMSI) of the terminal device and the context of the terminal device from the source AMF, the context includes the AUSF\PCF\UDM information of the terminal device in the home network, the connection Entry and mobility context, context of each PDU session, Allowed NSSAI in HPLMN and corresponding HPLMN, etc. It should be pointed out that the Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request carries the PLMN ID selected when the terminal device accesses the target access network device (that is, the requested PLMN: request PLMN), and the target PLMN is the PLMN ID carried in the GUAMI of the terminal device.
S606b、源AMF向目标AMF发送Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response。S606b. The source AMF sends a Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response to the target AMF.
Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response中携带SUPI，UE Context、SMF information，DNN(s)，源NSSAI(s)and PDU Session ID(s)。Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response carries SUPI, UE Context, SMF information, DNN(s), source NSSAI(s) and PDU Session ID(s).
目标AMF从源AMF收到终端设备的上下文之后，为终端设备创建上下文。After receiving the context of the terminal device from the source AMF, the target AMF creates a context for the terminal device.
需要指出的是，在S603中，目标AMF需要根据终端设备在归属网络中的切片资源为终端设备在目标网络中映射切片资源。具体方法可以参照上述S508中的方法1和方法2，此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, in S603, the target AMF needs to map slice resources for the terminal device in the target network according to the slice resources of the terminal device in the home network. For specific methods, reference may be made to method 1 and method 2 in S508 above, which will not be repeated here.
S607、终端设备和归属AUSF之间进行安全过程。S607. A security process is performed between the terminal device and the home AUSF.
S608、目标AMF向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息。S608. The target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF.
可选的，注册状态更新消息为：Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate。注册状态更新消息中携带：PDU Session ID(s)。目标AMF通过该条消息通知源AMF，终端设备在目标AMF的注册已经完成，对于目标AMF无法支持的切片和会话(根据网络能力和网络共享协议)，目标AMF在该条消息通知源AMF，源AMF启动对不能支持的会话的释放流程。消息中transferStatus：设置为“Transferred”，携带转移到目标AMF的PDU Session ID list。Optionally, the registration status update message is: Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate. The registration status update message carries: PDU Session ID(s). The target AMF informs the source AMF through this message that the registration of the terminal device in the target AMF has been completed. For slices and sessions that the target AMF cannot support (according to network capabilities and network sharing agreements), the target AMF notifies the source AMF in this message, and the source The AMF initiates the release procedure for sessions that cannot be supported. transferStatus in the message: set to "Transferred", carrying the PDU Session ID list transferred to the target AMF.
S609、目标AMF发现归属UDM。S609. The target AMF discovers the belonging UDM.
可选的，目标AMF根据SUPI，通过网间的安全信令网关发现归属UDM的过程。Optionally, the target AMF discovers the process of belonging to the UDM through the inter-network security signaling gateway according to the SUPI.
S610、目标AMF获取终端设备的上下文信息。S610. The target AMF acquires context information of the terminal device.
具体包括：S610a、目标AMF向归属UDM发送上下文注册消息。It specifically includes: S610a, the target AMF sends a context registration message to the home UDM.
可选的，上下文注册消息为：Nudm_UECM_Registration。目标AMF使用该过程将目标AMF注册到归属UDM，归属UDM发送回复响应。Optionally, the context registration message is: Nudm_UECM_Registration. The target AMF uses this procedure to register the target AMF with the home UDM, and the home UDM sends a reply response.
S610b、目标AMF向归属UDM发送Nudm_SDM_Get。通过该消息，目标AMF从归属UDM获取终端设备的签约数据，包括接入和移动性数据、SMF选择迁移数据、终端设备在SMF的上下文数据等，UDM回复响应消息。S610b. The target AMF sends Nudm_SDM_Get to the home UDM. Through this message, the target AMF obtains the subscription data of the terminal device from the home UDM, including access and mobility data, SMF selection migration data, context data of the terminal device in the SMF, etc., and the UDM replies with a response message.
目标AMF通过跨PLMN的N14+接口从源AMF获得了终端设备的接入和移动性数据、终端设备的上下文信息、SMF信息等，无需在从UDM获取终端设备的签约数据。The target AMF obtains the terminal device's access and mobility data, terminal device context information, SMF information, etc. from the source AMF through the cross-PLMN N14+ interface, without obtaining the terminal device's subscription data from the UDM.
一方面提供了IP地址和业务的连续性，另外一方面优化了流程，减少了UDM的压力。On the one hand, it provides IP address and business continuity, on the other hand, it optimizes the process and reduces the pressure on UDM.
S610c、目标AMF发给归属UDM：Nudm_UECM_Subscribe，vAMF使用该过程将订阅归属UDM的通知，归属UDM回复响应。S610c, the target AMF sends to the home UDM: Nudm_UECM_Subscribe, the vAMF uses this process to subscribe to the notification of the home UDM, and the home UDM replies.
S610d、归属UDM发给源AMF：Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotification，根据10a)步，目标AMF注册到了归属UDM，归属UDM通知将源AMF注销。源AMF设置相关定时器，在定时器超时后删除终端设备的上下文信息。S610d. The home UDM sends the source AMF: Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotification. According to step 10a), the target AMF registers with the home UDM, and the home UDM notifies the source AMF to deregister. The source AMF sets a relevant timer, and deletes the context information of the terminal device after the timer expires.
S610e、源AMF发给归属UDM：Nudm_SDM_unsubscribe，取消归属UDM通知消息的订阅。S610e. The source AMF sends to the home UDM: Nudm_SDM_unsubscribe, canceling the subscription of the home UDM notification message.
S611、目标AMF发现目标SMF。S611. The target AMF discovers the target SMF.
可选的，目标AMF发起目标SMF(共享SMF)发现过程。目标AMF可以通过终端设备的位置信息和切片信息发现目标SMF。Optionally, the target AMF initiates a target SMF (shared SMF) discovery process. The target AMF can discover the target SMF through the location information and slice information of the terminal device.
具体包括：S611a、目标AMF获取映射的切片信息。It specifically includes: S611a. The target AMF acquires mapped slice information.
具体包括以下情况A和情况B，以下进行详细说明。It specifically includes the following cases A and B, which will be described in detail below.
情况A、目标AMF通过查询目标NSSF确定映射的切片信息。In case A, the target AMF determines the mapped slice information by querying the target NSSF.
具体为：目标AMF根据S606中获取的allowedHomeNssai查询目标NSSF，获得映射的NSSAI，包括Allowed NSSAI，Configed NSSAI，mapped Allowed NSSAI，Mapped Configed NSSAI等，以及支持上述映射后的NSSAI的AMF SET。Specifically: the target AMF queries the target NSSF according to the allowedHomeNssai obtained in S606, and obtains the mapped NSSAI, including Allowed NSSAI, Configured NSSAI, mapped Allowed NSSAI, Mapped Configed NSSAI, etc., and AMF SET that supports the above mapped NSSAI.
情况B、目标AMF通过查询本地配置确定映射的切片信息。In case B, the target AMF determines the mapped slice information by querying the local configuration.
具体为目标AMF根据目标AMF的本地配置获取映射的切片和支持该映射切片的AMF SET。Specifically, the target AMF obtains the mapped slice and the AMF SET supporting the mapped slice according to the local configuration of the target AMF.
S611b、如果当前的目标AMF不能支持映射后的切片，进行目标AMF重选。S611b. If the current target AMF cannot support the mapped slice, perform target AMF reselection.
具体为，在目标AMF不属于NSSF返回的AMF SET里面的一个NF，或者根据目标AMF的本地配置不能支持该映射切片的情况下，目标AMF判断需要进行AMF的重选，并在重选之后将切片信息发送给重选的AMF。Specifically, when the target AMF does not belong to an NF in the AMF SET returned by the NSSF, or the local configuration of the target AMF cannot support the mapping slice, the target AMF judges that AMF reselection is required, and after reselection, the The slice information is sent to the reselected AMF.
目标AMF向重选的目标AMF发送切片信息的方法包括以下情况C和情况D，以下进行详细说明。The method for the target AMF to send slice information to the reselected target AMF includes the following cases C and D, which will be described in detail below.
情况C、目标AMF通过目标接入网设备向重选的目标AMF发送切片信息。In case C, the target AMF sends slice information to the reselected target AMF through the target access network device.
具体包括：(1)初始的目标AMF通过RAN向目标的目标AMF转发NAS消息。初始的目标AMF向目标接入网设备发送Reroute NAS message消息，消息里面包含目标的目标AMF、Registration Request消息、Allowed NSSAI，Configed NSSAI，mapped Allowed NSSAI，Mapped Configed NSSAI等切片信息。Specifically include: (1) The initial target AMF forwards the NAS message to the target target AMF through the RAN. The initial target AMF sends a Reroute NAS message to the target access network device, which contains slice information such as the target AMF, Registration Request message, Allowed NSSAI, Configured NSSAI, mapped Allowed NSSAI, and Mapped Configured NSSAI.
(2)目标接入网设备发送Initial UE message给目标的目标AMF，包含从初始的目标AMF获取的切片信息。(2) The target access network device sends an Initial UE message to the target target AMF, including slice information obtained from the initial target AMF.
情况D、目标AMF直接向重选的目标AMF发送切片信息。In case D, the target AMF directly sends slice information to the reselected target AMF.
具体包括：初始的目标AMF直接给目标的目标AMF的转发NAS消息，初始的目标AMF直接给目标的目标AMF发送Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify消息，携带Registration Request消息，终端设备的SUPI、终端设备的MM Context、切片映射信息等。Specifically include: the initial target AMF directly forwards the NAS message to the target target AMF, the initial target AMF directly sends the Namf_Communication_N1MessageNotify message to the target target AMF, carrying the Registration Request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the MM Context of the terminal device, and the slice mapping information etc.
S612、目标AMF向目标SMF发送PDU会话上下文创建请求。S612. The target AMF sends a PDU session context creation request to the target SMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文创建请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request。Optionally, the PDU session context creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request.
PDU会话上下文创建请求包括以下至少一项：从S606获取的PDU Session ID和SM Context ID，UE location info，Access Type，RAT Type，Operation Type，其中，SM Context ID指向源SMF，目标AMF把Operation Type设置为"UP activate"，表示为PDU Session(s)建立用户面的N3隧道。The PDU session context creation request includes at least one of the following: PDU Session ID and SM Context ID obtained from S606, UE location info, Access Type, RAT Type, Operation Type, where the SM Context ID points to the source SMF, and the target AMF sets the Operation Type Set to "UP activate", which means to establish the N3 tunnel of the user plane for the PDU Session(s).
S613、目标SMF确定PDU会话上下文。S613. The target SMF determines the PDU session context.
具体包括：S613a、目标SMF发给源SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request(SM context type，SM Context ID)，目标SMF使用该步骤中从目标AMF接收到的SM Context ID，到源SMF获取全部的SM Context，包括PDN Connection Context和5G SM context。Specifically include: S613a, the target SMF sends to the source SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request (SM context type, SM Context ID), the target SMF uses the SM Context ID received from the target AMF in this step to obtain all SM Context from the source SMF, including PDN Connection Context and 5G SM Context.
S613b、源SMF根据SM Context ID确定终端设备的PDU会话上下文信息，回复响应给目标SMF。S613b. The source SMF determines the PDU session context information of the terminal device according to the SM Context ID, and sends a response to the target SMF.
S614、目标SMF选择目标UPF。S614. The target SMF selects a target UPF.
S615、目标SMF发起到目标UPF的N4会话建立过程。S615. The target SMF initiates an N4 session establishment process to the target UPF.
S616、目标SMF向源SMF发送PDU会话创建请求。S616. The target SMF sends a PDU session creation request to the source SMF.
可选的，PDU会话创建请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request。PDU会话上下文创建请求包括以下至少一项：目标UPF DL tunnel information，目标SMF的SM Context ID，Access Type，RAT type)。Optionally, the PDU session creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request. The PDU session context creation request includes at least one of the following: target UPF DL tunnel information, SM Context ID of the target SMF, Access Type, RAT type).
具体来说，目标SMF发起到源SMF的会话建立过程，携带目标UPF分配的N9隧道信息。Specifically, the target SMF initiates a session establishment process to the source SMF, carrying the N9 tunnel information allocated by the target UPF.
S617、源SMF进行N4会话修改。S617. The source SMF modifies the N4 session.
具体包括：S617a、源SMF发起到PCF的SM策略管理流程，将终端设备的位置信息通知PCF。It specifically includes: S617a. The source SMF initiates an SM policy management process to the PCF, and notifies the PCF of the location information of the terminal device.
S617b、源SMF发起到源UPF的N4会话修改过程，源SMF提供目标UPF的N9隧道信息，源UPF分配N9隧道资源。S617b. The source SMF initiates an N4 session modification process to the source UPF, the source SMF provides the N9 tunnel information of the target UPF, and the source UPF allocates N9 tunnel resources.
S618、源SMF向目标SMF发送PDU会话创建响应。S618. The source SMF sends a PDU session creation response to the target SMF.
可选的，PDU会话创建响应为：Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response。PDU会话创建响应包括从S617中接收到的源UPF的N9隧道信息。Optionally, the PDU session creation response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Response. The PDU session creation response includes the N9 tunnel information of the source UPF received from S617.
源UPF到目标UPF的下行数据通道建立。The downlink data channel from the source UPF to the target UPF is established.
S619、目标SMF向目标AMF发送PDU会话上下文创建响应。S619. The target SMF sends a PDU session context creation response to the target AMF.
可选的，PDU会话创建响应为：Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response。PDU会话创建响应包括以下至少一项：N2 SM information(PDU Session ID，QFI(s)，QoS profile(s)，CN N3 Tunnel Info，源NSSAI)，N1 SM Container，Cause)。Optionally, the PDU session creation response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response. The PDU session creation response includes at least one of the following: N2 SM information (PDU Session ID, QFI(s), QoS profile(s), CN N3 Tunnel Info, source NSSAI), N1 SM Container, Cause).
其中，CN N3 Tunnel Info是指目标UPF的上行隧道信息。Among them, CN N3 Tunnel Info refers to the uplink tunnel information of the target UPF.
S620、目标AMF向目标接入网设备发送初始上下文请求。S620. The target AMF sends an initial context request to the target access network device.
可选的，初始上下文请求为：Initial Context Request。初始上下文请求中包括以下至少一项：NAS消息Registration Accept，在S619中从目标SMF收到的N2 SM information，辅助终端设备进行PLMN-ID选择的移动性限制列表、频率优先级、等效PLMN列表。Optionally, the initial context request is: Initial Context Request. The initial context request includes at least one of the following: NAS message Registration Accept, N2 SM information received from the target SMF in S619, mobility restriction list, frequency priority, and equivalent PLMN list for assisting the terminal device in PLMN-ID selection .
目标接入网设备为PDU会话分配RAN隧道，为PDU会话分配QoS资源。The target access network device allocates RAN tunnels for the PDU session, and allocates QoS resources for the PDU session.
终端设备到目标UPF到源UPF的上行数据通道建立。The uplink data channel from the terminal device to the target UPF to the source UPF is established.
需要指出的是，在S620中目标AMF向终端设备发送映射的切片信息，向终端设备和目标接入网设备发送PLMN列表或者移动性限制列表。其中，映射的切片信息包括：mapped Allowed NSSAI，Mapped Configed NSSAI。It should be noted that in S620, the target AMF sends the mapped slice information to the terminal device, and sends the PLMN list or the mobility restriction list to the terminal device and the target access network device. Among them, the mapped slice information includes: mapped Allowed NSSAI, Mapped Configed NSSAI.
S621、终端设备向目标AMF发送注册完成消息。S621. The terminal device sends a registration completion message to the target AMF.
可选的，注册完成消息为：Registration Complete。Registration Complete为NAS消息。Optionally, the registration completion message is: Registration Complete. Registration Complete is a NAS message.
具体的，终端设备通过目标接入网设备给目标AMF回复NAS消息Registration Complete。Specifically, the terminal device replies a NAS message Registration Complete to the target AMF through the target access network device.
S622、目标AMF向目标SMF发送PDU会话上下文更新请求。S622. The target AMF sends a PDU session context update request to the target SMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文更新请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request。PDU会话上下文更新请求包括以下至少一项：N2 SM information，RAT type，Access type，目标AMF从17步收到的N2 SM information。Optionally, the PDU session context update request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request. The PDU session context update request includes at least one of the following: N2 SM information, RAT type, Access type, and the N2 SM information received by the target AMF from step 17.
S623、目标SMF进行N4会话修改。S623. The target SMF modifies the N4 session.
具体来说，目标SMF发起到目标UPF的N4会话修改流程。该会话修改流程中，目标SMF向目标UPF发送AN Tunnel信息，目标UPF到目标接入网设备到终端设 备的下行通道建立。Specifically, the target SMF initiates the N4 session modification process to the target UPF. In the session modification process, the target SMF sends AN Tunnel information to the target UPF, and the downlink channel from the target UPF to the target access network device to the terminal device is established.
S624、目标SMF进行PDU会话上下文更新。S624. The target SMF updates the PDU session context.
具体包括：S624a、目标SMF发给源SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Update request(RAT type，Access type)，源SMF更新PDU Session。Specifically include: S624a, the target SMF sends to the source SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update request (RAT type, Access type), and the source SMF updates the PDU Session.
S624b、源SMF回复目标SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response。S624b. The source SMF replies to the target SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
目标SMF回复目标AMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response。The target SMF replies to the target AMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
S625、目标SMF向目标AMF发送PDU会话上下文更新响应。S625. The target SMF sends a PDU session context update response to the target AMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文更新响应为：Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response。Optionally, the PDU session context update response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
以上，对场景4、终端设备从第一区域移动到第二区域时，终端设备的重定向流程进行了详细说明。Above, scenario 4, when the terminal device moves from the first area to the second area, the redirection process of the terminal device has been described in detail.
需要指出的是，上述场景4中终端设备从第一区域移动到第二区域仅为示例性说明。上述过程适用于终端设备从归属网络移动到共享网络的多种场景(例如，终端设备从第一区域移动到第三区域)，在其他场景下实现过程类似。本申请对此不做限定。It should be pointed out that the movement of the terminal device from the first area to the second area in the foregoing scenario 4 is only an exemplary description. The above process is applicable to various scenarios where the terminal device moves from the home network to the shared network (for example, the terminal device moves from the first area to the third area), and the implementation process is similar in other scenarios. This application does not limit this.
以下，对场景5中终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域时终端设备的重定向流程进行详细说明。Hereinafter, the redirection process of the terminal device when the terminal device moves from the second area to the first area in Scenario 5 will be described in detail.
场景5、终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域。Scenario 5: The terminal device moves from the second area to the first area.
如图7所示，在终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域时，终端设备的重定向流程包括以下步骤：As shown in Figure 7, when the terminal device moves from the second area to the first area, the redirection process of the terminal device includes the following steps:
S701、源接入网设备向源AMF发送上下文释放请求，并进行上下文释放。S701. The source access network device sends a context release request to the source AMF, and releases the context.
具体包括：S701a、源接入网设备向源AMF发送上下文释放请求。It specifically includes: S701a. The source access network device sends a context release request to the source AMF.
可选的，UE Context Release Request，cause＝redirection，指示运营商A的源AMF释放终端设备上下文，原因为发生重定向，携带该终端设备激活的PDU会话列表。Optionally, UE Context Release Request, cause=redirection, instructs the source AMF of operator A to release the terminal device context because of redirection, and carries the list of PDU sessions activated by the terminal device.
源接入网设备在发起到源AMF的终端设备上下文释放过程的同时，会给终端设备发送AN Connectiong Release消息，向终端指示重定向频点，即运营商A的NR频率F1。When the source access network device initiates the context release process of the terminal device to the source AMF, it will send an AN Connectiong Release message to the terminal device to indicate the redirection frequency point to the terminal, that is, the NR frequency F1 of operator A.
S701b、源AMF发给源接入网设备：UE Context Release。S701b. The source AMF sends to the source access network device: UE Context Release.
S701c、源接入网设备回复源AMF：UE Context Release Complete。S701c. The source access network device replies to the source AMF: UE Context Release Complete.
S702、终端设备向目标接入网设备发送移动性注册更新请求。S702. The terminal device sends a mobility registration update request to the target access network device.
可选的，移动性注册更新请求为：Registration Request。移动性注册更新请求携带运营商X(或运营商Y)的源AMF给终端设备分配的5G-GUTI，在运营商X(或Y) 的TAI，需要激活的PDU会话列表，请求的NSSAI。Optionally, the mobility registration update request is: Registration Request. The mobility registration update request carries the 5G-GUTI allocated to the terminal device by the source AMF of operator X (or operator Y), the TAI of operator X (or Y), the list of PDU sessions that need to be activated, and the requested NSSAI.
目标接入网设备将终端设备的移动性注册更新请求转发给目标AMF。The target access network device forwards the mobility registration update request of the terminal device to the target AMF.
S703、目标接入网设备选择目标AMF。S703. The target access network device selects a target AMF.
S704、目标接入网设备向目标AMF转发移动性注册更新请求。S704. The target access network device forwards the mobility registration update request to the target AMF.
其中，在S704中移动性注册更新请求携带Registration Type：mobility registration updating，5G-GUTI，UE security capability，NAS message container，N2 message(Location Information(tai tac)，Cell Identity and Establishment cause。Among them, in S704, the mobility registration update request carries Registration Type: mobility registration updating, 5G-GUTI, UE security capability, NAS message container, N2 message (Location Information (tai tac), Cell Identity and Establishment cause.
S705、目标AMF发现源AMF。S705. The target AMF discovers the source AMF.
一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF根据运营商X(或Y)的源AMF为终端设备分配的5G-GUTI发现源AMF。5G-GUTI中包括源AMF的GUAMI。目标AMF根据GUAMF发现源AMF。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the 5G-GUTI allocated to the terminal device by the source AMF of operator X (or Y). The GUAMI of the source AMF is included in the 5G-GUTI. The target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUAMF.
S706、目标AMF获取终端设备的上下文信息。S706. The target AMF acquires context information of the terminal device.
具体包括：S706a、目标AMF向源AMF发送上下文请求消息。It specifically includes: S706a. The target AMF sends a context request message to the source AMF.
可选的，上下文请求消息为：Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request。上下文请求消息中携带NAS消息complete Registration Request。目标AMF向源AMF获取终端设备的SUPI(即IMSI)和终端设备的上下文。对于跨PLMN的移动性过程，UE Context包括在HPLMN的Allowed NSSAI及对应的HPLMN。Optionally, the context request message is: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request. The NAS message complete Registration Request is carried in the context request message. The target AMF obtains the SUPI (that is, the IMSI) of the terminal device and the context of the terminal device from the source AMF. For the mobility process across PLMNs, the UE Context includes the Allowed NSSAI in the HPLMN and the corresponding HPLMN.
S706b、源AMF向目标AMF发送上下文响应消息。S706b. The source AMF sends a context response message to the target AMF.
可选的，上下文响应消息为：Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response。上下文响应消息中携带SUPI，UE Context、SMF信息，DNN(s)，源NSSAI(s)和PDU Session ID(s)。Optionally, the context response message is: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response. The context response message carries SUPI, UE Context, SMF information, DNN(s), source NSSAI(s) and PDU Session ID(s).
目标AMF从源AMF收到终端设备的上下文之后，为终端设备创建上下文。After receiving the context of the terminal device from the source AMF, the target AMF creates a context for the terminal device.
S707、终端设备和归属AUSF之间进行安全过程。S707: A security process is performed between the terminal device and the home AUSF.
S708、目标AMF向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息。S708. The target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF.
可选的，注册状态更新消息为：Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate。注册状态更新消息中携带：PDU Session ID(s)。目标AMF通过该条消息通知源AMF，终端设备在目标AMF的注册已经完成，对于目标AMF无法支持的切片和会话(根据网络能力和网络源协议)，目标AMF在该条消息通知源AMF，源AMF启动对不能支持的会话的释放流程。消息中transferStatus：“Transferred”，携带转移到目标AMF的PDU Session ID list。目标AMF判断终端设备回到了归属网络，在消息中指示删除源SMF和UPF。Optionally, the registration status update message is: Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate. The registration status update message carries: PDU Session ID(s). The target AMF informs the source AMF through this message that the registration of the terminal device in the target AMF has been completed. For slices and sessions that the target AMF cannot support (according to network capabilities and network source protocols), the target AMF notifies the source AMF in this message that the source The AMF initiates the release procedure for sessions that cannot be supported. The transferStatus in the message: "Transferred", carrying the PDU Session ID list transferred to the target AMF. The target AMF judges that the terminal equipment has returned to the home network, and instructs to delete the source SMF and UPF in the message.
S709、目标AMF发现归属UDM。S709. The target AMF discovers the belonging UDM.
可选的，目标AMF根据SUPI，通过网间的安全信令网关发现归属UDM的过程。Optionally, the target AMF discovers the process of belonging to the UDM through the inter-network security signaling gateway according to the SUPI.
S710、目标AMF获取终端设备的上下文信息。S710. The target AMF acquires context information of the terminal device.
具体包括：S710a、目标AMF向归属UDM发送上下文注册消息。It specifically includes: S710a, the target AMF sends a context registration message to the home UDM.
可选的，上下文注册消息为：Nudm_UECM_Registration。目标AMF使用该过程将目标AMF注册到归属UDM，归属UDM发送回复响应。Optionally, the context registration message is: Nudm_UECM_Registration. The target AMF uses this procedure to register the target AMF with the home UDM, and the home UDM sends a reply response.
S710b、目标AMF通过Nudm_SDM_Get获取签约数据(可选的步骤)。S710b. The target AMF obtains the subscription data through Nudm_SDM_Get (optional step).
通过该消息，v-AMF从hUDM获取终端设备的签约数据，包括接入和移动性数据、SMF选择迁移数据、终端设备在SMF的上下文数据等，UDM回复响应消息。Through this message, v-AMF obtains the subscription data of the terminal device from hUDM, including access and mobility data, SMF selection migration data, context data of the terminal device in SMF, etc., and UDM replies with a response message.
目标AMF通过跨PLMN的N14接口从源AMF获得了终端设备的接入和移动性数据、终端设备的上下文信息、SMF信息等，无需在从UDM获取终端设备的签约数据。The target AMF obtains the access and mobility data of the terminal device, the context information of the terminal device, SMF information, etc. from the source AMF through the N14 interface across the PLMN, and does not need to obtain the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM.
一方面提供了IP地址和业务的连续性，另外一方面优化了流程，减少了UDM的压力。On the one hand, it provides IP address and business continuity, on the other hand, it optimizes the process and reduces the pressure on UDM.
S710c、目标AMF通过Nudm_SDM_Subscribe订阅签约数据变更通知服务。S710c. The target AMF subscribes to the subscription data change notification service through Nudm_SDM_Subscribe.
S710d、归属UDM给源AMF发送Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotify。根据S710a、目标AMF注册到了归属UDM，归属UDM通知将源AMF注销。源AMF设置相关定时器，在定时器超时后删除终端设备的上下文信息。S710d. The home UDM sends Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotify to the source AMF. According to S710a, the target AMF is registered with the home UDM, and the home UDM notifies the logout of the source AMF. The source AMF sets a relevant timer, and deletes the context information of the terminal device after the timer expires.
S711、目标AMF向目标SMF发送PDU会话创建请求。S711. The target AMF sends a PDU session creation request to the target SMF.
可选的，会话创建请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext。会话创建请求包括：SUPI，DNN，源NSSAI(s)，Request Type，PDU Session ID，AMF ID，SM Context ID，User location information。Optionally, the session creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext. Session creation request includes: SUPI, DNN, source NSSAI(s), Request Type, PDU Session ID, AMF ID, SM Context ID, User location information.
S711的具体实现步骤可以参照上述S611，此处不再赘述。For the specific implementation steps of S711, reference may be made to the above S611, which will not be repeated here.
S712、归属SMF请求会话上下文。S712. The belonging SMF requests the session context.
具体包括S712a、归属SMF向源SMF发送会话上下文请求。It specifically includes S712a, the home SMF sends a session context request to the source SMF.
可选的，会话上下文请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request。会话上下文请求中包括：SM context type，在本步骤中收到的SM Context ID)，向源SMF获取SM Context。Optionally, the session context request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request. The session context request includes: SM context type, SM Context ID received in this step), to obtain SM Context from the source SMF.
S712b、源SMF向目标SMF发送会话上下文回复响应消息。S712b. The source SMF sends a session context reply response message to the target SMF.
可选的，会话上下文回复响应消息为：Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Response。会话上下文回复响应消息用于返回SM Context(PDU Session ID，DNN，sNssai，session AMBR，QoS Flow list，归属UPF PSA tunnel info)。Optionally, the session context reply response message is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Response. The session context reply response message is used to return SM Context (PDU Session ID, DNN, sNssai, session AMBR, QoS Flow list, belonging UPF PSA tunnel info).
S713、目标SMF向归属UPF发送N4会话修改请求。S713. The target SMF sends an N4 session modification request to the home UPF.
可选的，N4会话修改请求为：N4 Session Modification Request。N4会话修改请求包括：forwarding parameters。归属UPF回复归属SMF：N4会话修改响应，创建CN Tunnel Info，UP的TEID和IP。Optionally, the N4 session modification request is: N4 Session Modification Request. N4 session modification request includes: forwarding parameters. The attributable UPF replies to the attributable SMF: N4 session modification response, creating CN Tunnel Info, TEID and IP of UP.
S714、目标SMF向目标AMF发送PDU会话创建响应。S714. The target SMF sends a PDU session creation response to the target AMF.
可选的，会话创建响应为：Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response。会话创建响应包括：PDU Session ID，N2 SM Information。其中，N2 SM Information包括N3UP地址和UPF的上行CN Tunnel ID和QoS参数，归属SMF的PDU Session用户面连接激活。Optionally, the session creation response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response. The session creation response includes: PDU Session ID, N2 SM Information. Among them, the N2 SM Information includes the N3UP address and the uplink CN Tunnel ID and QoS parameters of the UPF, and the PDU Session user plane connection belonging to the SMF is activated.
归属UPF到目标接入网设备的下行用户面建立。The downlink user plane belonging to the UPF to the target access network device is established.
S715、目标AMF向终端设备发送注册接受消息。S715. The target AMF sends a registration acceptance message to the terminal device.
可选的，注册接受消息为：Registration Accept。注册接受消息用于通知终端设备注册请求被接收。注册接受消息包含分配的5G-GUTI，携带辅助终端设备进行PLMN-ID选择的移动性限制列表、频率优先级、等效PLMN列表等，TAI list，Allowed NSSAI，Configured NSSAI，PDU Session status等。EPLMN列表把PLMN-ID-A与PLMN-ID-XA以及PLMN-ID-YA设置为等效PLMN。Optionally, the registration acceptance message is: Registration Accept. The registration accept message is used to notify the terminal device that the registration request is received. The registration acceptance message includes the allocated 5G-GUTI, carrying the mobility restriction list, frequency priority, equivalent PLMN list, etc. for assisting terminal equipment in PLMN-ID selection, TAI list, Allowed NSSAI, Configured NSSAI, PDU Session status, etc. The EPLMN list sets PLMN-ID-A, PLMN-ID-XA and PLMN-ID-YA as equivalent PLMNs.
终端设备到目标接入网设备到归属UPF的上行用户面建立。The uplink user plane from the terminal device to the target access network device to the home UPF is established.
S716、终端设备向目标AMF发送注册完成消息。S716. The terminal device sends a registration completion message to the target AMF.
可选的，注册完成消息为：Registration Complete。Optionally, the registration completion message is: Registration Complete.
S717、源AMF发起到源SMF的PDU会话释放流程。S717. The source AMF initiates a PDU session release process to the source SMF.
具体包括：S717a、源AMF向源SMF发送Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext Request，指示仅释放源SMF的会话资源。Specifically include: S717a. The source AMF sends an Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext Request to the source SMF, indicating that only the session resources of the source SMF are released.
S717b、源SMF回复：Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext Response。S717b. The source SMF replies: Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext Response.
S718、目标AMF向目标SMF发送PDU会话上下文更新请求消息。S718. The target AMF sends a PDU session context update request message to the target SMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文更新请求消息为：Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request。会话更新请求消息中包括：PDU Session ID，N2 SM information，N2 SM information type，UE Location。Optionally, the PDU session context update request message is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request. The session update request message includes: PDU Session ID, N2 SM information, N2 SM information type, UE Location.
S719、目标SMF发起到PCF的SM策略管理流程。S719. The target SMF initiates an SM policy management process to the PCF.
SM策略管理流程用于将终端设备的位置信息通知PCF。归属SMF向归属UPF发起N4 Session modification request，把归属网络方RAN SM N3 forwarding Information list更新到归属UPF。归属UPF向归属SMF回复N4 Session Modification Response。The SM policy management process is used to notify the PCF of the location information of the terminal equipment. The home SMF initiates an N4 Session modification request to the home UPF, and updates the home network side RAN SM N3 forwarding Information list to the home UPF. The home UPF replies N4 Session Modification Response to the home SMF.
S720、目标SMF向目标AMF发送PDU会话上下文更新响应消息。S720. The target SMF sends a PDU session context update response message to the target AMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文更新响应消息为：Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response。PDU会话上下文更新响应包括：upCnxState：ACTIVATED，激活PDU Session的用户面资源。Optionally, the PDU session context update response message is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response. The PDU session context update response includes: upCnxState: ACTIVATED, which activates the user plane resources of the PDU Session.
S721、定时器超时后，源SMF释放源UPF的资源。S721. After the timer expires, the source SMF releases the resources of the source UPF.
以上，对场景5、终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域时，终端设备的重定向流程进行了详细说明。Above, scenario 5, when the terminal device moves from the second area to the first area, the redirection process of the terminal device has been described in detail.
需要指出的是，上述场景5中终端设备从第二区域移动到第一区域仅为示例性说明。上述过程适用于终端设备从归属网络移动到共享网络的多种场景(例如，终端设备从第三区域移动到第一区域)，在其他场景下实现过程类似。本申请对此不做限定。It should be pointed out that the movement of the terminal device from the second area to the first area in the above scenario 5 is only an exemplary description. The above process is applicable to various scenarios where the terminal device moves from the home network to the shared network (for example, the terminal device moves from the third area to the first area), and the implementation process is similar in other scenarios. This application does not limit this.
以下，对场景6中终端设备从第二区域移动到第三区域时终端设备的重定向流程进行详细说明。Hereinafter, the redirection process of the terminal device when the terminal device moves from the second area to the third area in scenario 6 will be described in detail.
场景6、终端设备从第二区域移动到第三区域。Scenario 6: The terminal device moves from the second area to the third area.
如图8所示，在终端设备从第二区域移动到第三区域时，终端设备的重定向流程包括以下步骤：As shown in Figure 8, when the terminal device moves from the second area to the third area, the redirection process of the terminal device includes the following steps:
S801、源接入网设备向源AMF发送上下文释放请求。S801. The source access network device sends a context release request to the source AMF.
可选的，UE Context Release Request，cause＝redirection，指示运营商A的源AMF释放终端设备上下文，原因为发生重定向，携带该终端设备激活的PDU会话列表。Optionally, UE Context Release Request, cause=redirection, instructs the source AMF of operator A to release the terminal device context because of redirection, and carries the list of PDU sessions activated by the terminal device.
源接入网设备在发起到源AMF的终端设备上下文释放过程的同时，会给终端设备发送AN Connectiong Release消息，向终端指示重定向频点，即运营商Y的NR频率F3。When the source access network device initiates the context release process of the terminal device to the source AMF, it will send an AN Connectiong Release message to the terminal device to indicate the redirection frequency point to the terminal, that is, the NR frequency F3 of operator Y.
S802、源接入网设备进行上下文释放。S802. The source access network device releases the context.
具体包括：S802a、源AMF发给源接入网设备：UE Context Release Command。Specifically include: S802a, the source AMF sends to the source access network device: UE Context Release Command.
S802b、源接入网设备回复源AMF：UE Context Release Complete。S802b. The source access network device replies to the source AMF: UE Context Release Complete.
S803、终端设备向目标接入网设备发送移动性注册更新请求。S803. The terminal device sends a mobility registration update request to the target access network device.
可选的，移动性注册更新请求为：Registration Request。移动性注册更新请求携带运营商X给终端设备分配的5G-GUTI，在终端设备在运营商X的TAI，需要激活的PDU会话列表，请求的NSSAI。Optionally, the mobility registration update request is: Registration Request. The mobility registration update request carries the 5G-GUTI allocated by operator X to the terminal device, the TAI of the terminal device in operator X, the list of PDU sessions that need to be activated, and the requested NSSAI.
S804、目标接入网设备选择目标AMF。S804. The target access network device selects a target AMF.
一种具体的实现方式中，目标接入网设备根据终端设备选择的PLMN-ID、TAI、请求的NSSAI选择目标AMF。In a specific implementation manner, the target access network device selects the target AMF according to the PLMN-ID, TAI, and requested NSSAI selected by the terminal device.
S805、目标接入网设备向目标AMF转发移动性注册更新请求。S805. The target access network device forwards the mobility registration update request to the target AMF.
S806、目标AMF发现源AMF。S806. The target AMF discovers the source AMF.
一种可能的实现方式中，目标AMF根据运营商A为终端设备分配的5G-GUTI发现源AMF。5G-GUTI中包括源AMF的GUAMI。目标AMF根据GUAMF发现源AMF。In a possible implementation manner, the target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the 5G-GUTI allocated by operator A to the terminal equipment. The GUAMI of the source AMF is included in the 5G-GUTI. The target AMF discovers the source AMF according to the GUAMF.
具体包括S806a、目标AMF发给源AMF：Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request。Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request中携带：NAS消息complete Registration Request。目标AMF向源AMF获取终端设备的SUPI(即IMSI)和终端设备的上下文，UE Context包括终端设备在归属网络的AUSF\PCF\UDM信息，终端设备的接入和移动性上下文、每个PDU会话的上下文，在HPLMN的Allowed NSSAI及对应的HPLMN。Specifically including S806a, the target AMF sends to the source AMF: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request. Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Request carries: NAS message complete Registration Request. The target AMF obtains the SUPI (IMSI) of the terminal device and the context of the terminal device from the source AMF. The UE Context includes the AUSF\PCF\UDM information of the terminal device in the home network, the access and mobility context of the terminal device, and each PDU session In the context of HPLMN's Allowed NSSAI and the corresponding HPLMN.
S806b、源AMF回复目标AMF：Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response。该消息携带SUPI，UE Context、SMF information，DNN(s)，源NSSAI(s)and PDU Session ID(s)。S806b. The source AMF replies to the target AMF: Namf_Communication_UEContextTransfer Response. The message carries SUPI, UE Context, SMF information, DNN(s), source NSSAI(s) and PDU Session ID(s).
目标AMF从源AMF收到终端设备的上下文之后，为终端设备创建上下文。After receiving the context of the terminal device from the source AMF, the target AMF creates a context for the terminal device.
S807、终端设备和归属AUSF之间进行安全过程。S807: A security process is performed between the terminal device and the home AUSF.
S808、目标AMF向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息。S808. The target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF.
可选的，注册状态更新消息为：Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate注册状态更新消息中携带：PDU Session ID(s)。目标AMF通过该条消息通知源AMF，终端设备在目标AMF的注册已经完成，携带转移到目标AMF的PDU Session ID list。对于目标AMF无法支持的策略、切片和会话(根据网络能力和网络共享协议)，目标AMF在该条消息通知源AMF，源AMF启动对不能支持的会话的释放流程。Optionally, the registration status update message is: Namf_Communication_RegistrationStatusUpdate The registration status update message carries: PDU Session ID(s). The target AMF notifies the source AMF through this message that the registration of the terminal device in the target AMF has been completed, carrying the PDU Session ID list transferred to the target AMF. For policies, slices and sessions that the target AMF cannot support (according to network capabilities and network sharing protocols), the target AMF notifies the source AMF in this message, and the source AMF starts the process of releasing the sessions that cannot be supported.
S809、目标AMF发现归属UDM。S809. The target AMF discovers the belonging UDM.
可选的，目标AMF根据SUPI，通过网间的安全信令网关发现归属UDM的过程。Optionally, the target AMF discovers the process of belonging to the UDM through the inter-network security signaling gateway according to the SUPI.
S810、目标AMF获取终端设备的上下文信息。S810. The target AMF acquires context information of the terminal device.
可选的，上下文注册消息为：Nudm_UECM_Registration。目标AMF使用该过程将目标AMF注册到归属UDM，归属UDM发送回复响应。Optionally, the context registration message is: Nudm_UECM_Registration. The target AMF uses this procedure to register the target AMF with the home UDM, and the home UDM sends a reply response.
S810b、目标AMF向归属UDM发送Nudm_SDM_Get。通过该消息，目标AMF从归属UDM获取终端设备的签约数据，包括接入和移动性数据、SMF选择迁移数据、终端设备在SMF的上下文数据等，UDM回复响应消息。S810b. The target AMF sends Nudm_SDM_Get to the home UDM. Through this message, the target AMF obtains the subscription data of the terminal device from the home UDM, including access and mobility data, SMF selection migration data, context data of the terminal device in the SMF, etc., and the UDM replies with a response message.
目标AMF通过跨PLMN的N14+接口从源AMF获得了终端设备的接入和移动性数据、终端设备的上下文信息、SMF信息等，无需在从UDM获取终端设备的签约数据。The target AMF obtains the terminal device's access and mobility data, terminal device context information, SMF information, etc. from the source AMF through the cross-PLMN N14+ interface, without obtaining the terminal device's subscription data from the UDM.
一方面提供了IP地址和业务的连续性，另外一方面优化了流程，减少了UDM的压力。On the one hand, it provides IP address and business continuity, on the other hand, it optimizes the process and reduces the pressure on UDM.
S810c、目标AMF发给归属UDM：Nudm_UECM_Subscribe，vAMF使用该过程将订阅归属UDM的通知，归属UDM回复响应。S810c, the target AMF sends to the home UDM: Nudm_UECM_Subscribe, the vAMF uses this procedure to subscribe to the notification of the home UDM, and the home UDM replies.
S810d、归属UDM发给源AMF：Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotification，根据10a)步，目标AMF注册到了归属UDM，归属UDM通知将源AMF注销。源AMF设置相关定时器，在定时器超时后删除终端设备的上下文信息。S810d. The home UDM sends the source AMF: Nudm_UECM_DeregistrationNotification. According to step 10a), the target AMF registers with the home UDM, and the home UDM notifies the source AMF to deregister. The source AMF sets a relevant timer, and deletes the context information of the terminal device after the timer expires.
S810e、源AMF发给归属UDM：Nudm_SDM_unsubscribe，取消归属UDM通知消息的订阅。S810e. The source AMF sends to the home UDM: Nudm_SDM_unsubscribe, canceling the subscription of the home UDM notification message.
S811、目标AMF发现目标SMF。S811. The target AMF discovers the target SMF.
可选的，目标AMF发起目标SMF(共享SMF)发现过程。目标AMF可以通过终端设备的位置信息和切片信息发现目标SMF。Optionally, the target AMF initiates a target SMF (shared SMF) discovery process. The target AMF can discover the target SMF through the location information and slice information of the terminal device.
需要指出的是，S811的具体实现过程可以参照上述S611，此处不再赘述。It should be pointed out that, for the specific implementation process of S811, reference may be made to the above S611, which will not be repeated here.
S812、目标AMF向目标SMF发送PDU会话上下文创建请求。S812. The target AMF sends a PDU session context creation request to the target SMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文创建请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request。PDU会话上下文创建请求包括以下至少一项：从S806获取的PDU Session ID和SM Context ID，UE location info，Access Type，RAT Type，Operation Type。其中，SM Context ID指向归属SMF，目标AMF把Operation Type设置为"UP activate"，表示为PDU Session(s)建立用户面的N3隧道。Optionally, the PDU session context creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Request. The PDU session context creation request includes at least one of the following: PDU Session ID and SM Context ID obtained from S806, UE location info, Access Type, RAT Type, Operation Type. Among them, the SM Context ID points to the belonging SMF, and the target AMF sets the Operation Type to "UP activate", indicating that the N3 tunnel of the user plane is established for the PDU Session(s).
S813、目标AMF确定PDU会话上下文。S813. The target AMF determines the PDU session context.
具体包括：S813a、目标SMF发给源SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request(SM context type，SM Context ID)，目标SMF使用该步骤中从目标AMF接收到的SM Context ID，到源SMF获取全部的SM context，包括PDN Connection Context和5G SM context等。Specifically include: S813a, the target SMF sends to the source SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Context Request (SM context type, SM Context ID), and the target SMF uses the SM Context ID received from the target AMF in this step to obtain all SM contexts from the source SMF, including PDN Connection Context and 5G SM context, etc.
S813b、归属SMF根据SM Context ID确定终端设备的PDU会话上下文信息，回复响应给共享SMF。S813b. The home SMF determines the PDU session context information of the terminal device according to the SM Context ID, and sends a response to the shared SMF.
S814、目标SMF选择目标UPF。S814. The target SMF selects a target UPF.
S815、目标SMF发起到目标UPF的N4会话建立过程。S815. The target SMF initiates an N4 session establishment process to the target UPF.
S816、目标SMF进行PDU会话创建。S816. The target SMF creates a PDU session.
具体包括：S816a、目标SMF向源SMF发送PDU会话创建请求。It specifically includes: S816a. The target SMF sends a PDU session creation request to the source SMF.
可选的，PDU会话创建请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request。PDU会话上下文创建请求包括以下至少一项：从目标AMF获取的SM Context ID和需要缓存的 下行缓存数据的隧道端点(tunnel endpoints f)。Optionally, the PDU session creation request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_Create Request. The PDU session context creation request includes at least one of the following: the SM Context ID obtained from the target AMF and the tunnel endpoints (tunnel endpoints f) of the downlink cache data that needs to be cached.
S816b、源SMF发给源UPF：N4 session modification，把目标SMF分配的下行缓存数据的隧道信息发给源UPF。从而建立从源UPF到目标UPF的下行缓存数据的转发通道。S816b. The source SMF sends to the source UPF: N4 session modification, and sends the tunnel information of the downlink buffer data allocated by the target SMF to the source UPF. Thus, a forwarding channel of downlink buffered data from the source UPF to the target UPF is established.
S816c、源SMF回复目标SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response。S816c. The source SMF replies to the target SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
S817、目标SMF进行PDU会话更新。S817. The target SMF updates the PDU session.
具体包括：S817a、目标SMF发给归属SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request(SM Context ID，目标UPF的下行隧道信息，目标SMF的SM Context ID，Access Type，RAT type)，共享SMF发起到归属SMF的会话建立过程，携带共享UPF分配的N9隧道信息。SM Context ID为第13步从源SMF获取。Specifically include: S817a, the target SMF sends to the home SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Request (SM Context ID, downlink tunnel information of the target UPF, SM Context ID of the target SMF, Access Type, RAT type), the session establishment process initiated by the shared SMF to the home SMF , carrying the N9 tunnel information allocated by the shared UPF. The SM Context ID is obtained from the source SMF in step 13.
S817b、归属SMF发起到PCF的SM策略管理流程，将终端设备的位置信息通知PCF。S817b. The home SMF initiates an SM policy management process to the PCF, and notifies the PCF of the location information of the terminal device.
S817c、归属SMF发起到归属UPF的N4 session modification，携带目标UPF的下行隧道信息，归属UPF分配CN N9隧道信息。S817c. The home SMF initiates the N4 session modification to the home UPF, carrying the downlink tunnel information of the target UPF, and the home UPF allocates the CN N9 tunnel information.
S817d、归属SMF发给目标SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response。S817d, the belonging SMF sends to the target SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
归属UPF到目标UPF的下行数据通道建立，归属UPF停止将下行缓存数据发给源UPF，生产发给源UPF的END-MARKER发给目标UPF。目标UPF收到END-MARKER后启动定时器，定时器到达后释放间接转发通道。The downlink data channel from the home UPF to the target UPF is established, the home UPF stops sending the downlink cached data to the source UPF, and the END-MARKER that is produced and sent to the source UPF is sent to the target UPF. The target UPF starts the timer after receiving the END-MARKER, and releases the indirect forwarding channel after the timer expires.
S818、目标SMF向目标AMF发送PDU会话上下文创建响应。S818. The target SMF sends a PDU session context creation response to the target AMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文创建响应为：Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response。PDU会话上下文创建响应包括以下至少一项：N2 SM information(PDU Session ID，QFI(s)，QoS profile(s)CN N3 Tunnel Info，源NSSAI)，N1 SM Container，Cause)。其中CN N3 Tunnel Info是指目标UPF的上行隧道信息。Optionally, the PDU session context creation response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_CreateSMContext Response. The PDU session context creation response includes at least one of the following: N2 SM information (PDU Session ID, QFI(s), QoS profile(s) CN N3 Tunnel Info, source NSSAI), N1 SM Container, Cause). Among them, CN N3 Tunnel Info refers to the uplink tunnel information of the target UPF.
目标SMF设置一个定时器，定时器到达后释放对下行缓存数据的间接转发通道。The target SMF sets a timer, and releases the indirect forwarding channel for downlink buffered data after the timer expires.
S819、目标AMF向目标接入网设备发送初始上下文请求。S819. The target AMF sends an initial context request to the target access network device.
可选的，初始上下文请求为：Initial Context Request。初始上下文请求中包括以下至少一项：携带NAS消息Registration Accept，携带S818中从目标SMF收到的N2 SM information，携带辅助终端设备进行PLMN-ID选择的移动性限制列表、频率优先级、等效PLMN列表等。Optionally, the initial context request is: Initial Context Request. The initial context request includes at least one of the following items: carry NAS message Registration Accept, carry N2 SM information received from the target SMF in S818, carry the mobility restriction list, frequency priority, equivalent PLMN list, etc.
无线网络为PDU会话分配RAN隧道，为PDU会话分配QoS资源。The wireless network allocates RAN tunnels for PDU sessions, and allocates QoS resources for PDU sessions.
终端设备到目标UPF到归属UPF的上行数据通道建立。The uplink data channel from the terminal device to the target UPF to the home UPF is established.
S820、终端设备向目标AMF发送注册完成消息。S820. The terminal device sends a registration completion message to the target AMF.
可选的，注册完成消息为：Registration Complete。Optionally, the registration completion message is: Registration Complete.
S821、源AMF释放PDU会话上下文。S821. The source AMF releases the PDU session context.
具体包括：S821a、源AMF向源SMF发送PDU会话上下文释放请求。It specifically includes: S821a. The source AMF sends a PDU session context release request to the source SMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文释放请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext Request。PDU会话上下文释放请求用于指示只释放源SMF的PDU会话上下文不能释放归属SMF的PDU会话上下文。Optionally, the PDU session context release request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext Request. The PDU session context release request is used to indicate that only the source SMF's PDU session context is released but the home SMF's PDU session context cannot be released.
源AMF的定时器到达，删除终端设备上下文，释放会话资源。源SMF设置一个定时器，定时器到达后释放源UPF的间接转发通道资源。When the timer of the source AMF arrives, the terminal device context is deleted and session resources are released. The source SMF sets a timer, and releases the indirect forwarding channel resources of the source UPF after the timer expires.
S821b、源SMF向源AMF发送PDU会话上下文释放响应。S821b. The source SMF sends a PDU session context release response to the source AMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文释放响应为：Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext response。Optionally, the PDU session context release response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_ReleaseSMContext response.
S822、目标AMF向目标SMF发送PDU会话上下文更新请求。S822. The target AMF sends a PDU session context update request to the target SMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文更新请求为：Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request。PDU会话上下文更新请求为包括：N2 SM information，RAT type，Access type，携带目标AMF从S820收到的N2 SM information。Optionally, the PDU session context update request is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Request. The PDU session context update request includes: N2 SM information, RAT type, Access type, carrying the N2 SM information received by the target AMF from S820.
S823、目标SMF进行N4会话修改。S823. The target SMF modifies the N4 session.
具体来说，目标SMF发起到目标UPF的N4会话修改流程。该会话修改流程中，目标SMF向目标UPF发送AN Tunnel信息，目标UPF到目标接入网设备到终端设备的下行通道建立。Specifically, the target SMF initiates the N4 session modification process to the target UPF. In the session modification process, the target SMF sends AN Tunnel information to the target UPF, and the downlink channel from the target UPF to the target access network device to the terminal device is established.
S824、目标SMF进行PDU会话上下文更新。S824. The target SMF updates the PDU session context.
具体包括：S824a、目标SMF发给归属SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Update request(RAT type，Access type)，归属SMF更新PDU Session。Specifically include: S824a, the target SMF sends to the home SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update request (RAT type, Access type), the home SMF updates the PDU Session.
S824b、归属SMF回复V-SMF：Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response。S824b. The home SMF replies to the V-SMF: Nsmf_PDUSession_Update Response.
S825、共享SMF向目标AMF发送PDU会话上下文更新响应。S825. The shared SMF sends a PDU session context update response to the target AMF.
可选的，PDU会话上下文更新响应为：Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response。Optionally, the PDU session context update response is: Nsmf_PDUSession_UpdateSMContext Response.
S826、目标SMF和源SMF释放间接转发通道。S826. The target SMF and the source SMF release the indirect forwarding channel.
具体包括：S826a、在S817中的定时器到达后，目标SMF发起到目标UPF的N4会话修改过程释放间接转发通道。It specifically includes: S826a. After the timer in S817 arrives, the target SMF initiates an N4 session modification process to the target UPF to release the indirect forwarding channel.
S826b、在S821中的定时器到达后，源SMF发起到源UPF的N4会话修改过程释放间接转发通道。S826b. After the timer in S821 expires, the source SMF initiates an N4 session modification process to the source UPF to release the indirect forwarding channel.
以上，对场景6、终端设备从第二区域移动到第三区域时，终端设备的重定向 流程进行了详细说明。Above, scenario 6, when the terminal device moves from the second area to the third area, the redirection process of the terminal device has been described in detail.
需要指出的是，上述场景6中终端设备从第二区域移动到第三区域仅为示例性说明。上述过程适用于终端设备从一个共享网络移动到另一个共享网络的多种场景(例如，终端设备从第三区域移动到第二区域)，在其他场景下实现过程类似。本申请对此不做限定。It should be pointed out that the movement of the terminal device from the second area to the third area in the above scenario 6 is only an exemplary description. The above process is applicable to various scenarios where the terminal device moves from one shared network to another shared network (for example, the terminal device moves from the third area to the second area), and the implementation process is similar in other scenarios. This application does not limit this.
需要指出的是，在场景5和场景6中，存在与场景4中相同或相似的步骤，关于上述相同或相似的步骤的理解可以参照上述场景4中的描述，本申请对此不做赘述。It should be pointed out that in Scenario 5 and Scenario 6, there are the same or similar steps as in Scenario 4. For the understanding of the same or similar steps above, you can refer to the description in Scenario 4 above, and this application will not repeat them.
可以看出，上述主要从方法的角度对本申请实施例提供的技术方案进行了介绍。为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的模块及算法步骤，本申请实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。It can be seen that the foregoing mainly introduces the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of methods. In order to realize the above functions, it includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing various functions. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in combination with the modules and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the embodiments of the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software drives hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be regarded as exceeding the scope of the present invention.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对通信装置进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。可选的，本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In the embodiment of the present application, the functional modules of the communication device may be divided according to the above method example. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software function modules. Optionally, the division of modules in this embodiment of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be another division manner in actual implementation.
如图9所示，为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图，该装置包括：通信单元901和处理单元902。As shown in FIG. 9 , it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the device includes: a communication unit 901 and a processing unit 902 .
通信单元901和处理单元902，通信单元901，用于来自目标接入网设备的重定向请求；重定向请求中包括终端设备的第一全局唯一临时标识GUTI；第一GUTI为终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的GUTI；处理单元902，用于根据重定向请求确定终端设备的第一GUTI，并根据第一GUTI确定源AMF；通信单元901，还用于向源AMF发送会话信息请求消息；通信单元901，还用于接收来自源AMF的终端设备的会话信息。The communication unit 901 and the processing unit 902, the communication unit 901, is used for redirecting the request from the target access network device; the redirecting request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device; the first GUTI is the terminal device in the first GUTI in the PLMN network; the processing unit 902 is used to determine the first GUTI of the terminal device according to the redirection request, and determine the source AMF according to the first GUTI; the communication unit 901 is also used to send a session information request message to the source AMF; communication Unit 901 is further configured to receive session information from the terminal device of the source AMF.
可选的，处理单元902，具体用于：指示通信单元901向源AMF发送第一请求消息；第一请求消息用于请求终端设备的上下文信息和用户永久标识符SUPI；示通信单元901接收来自源AMF的第一响应消息；第一响应消息包括终端设备的上下文信息和SUPI；根据SUPI确定终端设备，并根据上下文信息为终端设备创建上下 文。Optionally, the processing unit 902 is specifically configured to: instruct the communication unit 901 to send a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context information and the user permanent identifier SUPI of the terminal device; A first response message from the source AMF; the first response message includes context information and SUPI of the terminal device; the terminal device is determined according to the SUPI, and a context is created for the terminal device according to the context information.
可选的，处理单元902，具体用于：解析第一GUTI，确定第一GUTI中的全局唯一AMF标识GUAMI；确定GUAMI所表征的AMF为源AMF。Optionally, the processing unit 902 is specifically configured to: parse the first GUTI, determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI; determine the AMF represented by the GUAMI as the source AMF.
可选的，通信单元901，还用于向源AMF发送注册状态更新消息；注册状态更新消息用于指示源AMF释放预设会话；预设会话为源AMF为终端设备建立的目标AMF不支持的会话。Optionally, the communication unit 901 is also configured to send a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is not supported by the target AMF established by the source AMF for the terminal device session.
可选的，通信单元901，还用于归属统一数据管理功能UDM发送上下文请求消息；上下文请求消息用于向UDM请求终端设备的签约数据；目标AMF接收来自UDM的终端设备的签约数据。Optionally, the communication unit 901 is also used to send a context request message to the UDM; the context request message is used to request the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM; and the target AMF receives the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM.
可选的，处理单元902，还用于指示通信单元901通过通信接口，从源AMF获取终端设备的签约数据。Optionally, the processing unit 902 is further configured to instruct the communication unit 901 to acquire the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through the communication interface.
可选的，处理单元902，还用于根据第一切片信息向目标网络切片选择功能NSSF发起查询，确定第二切片信息，以及支持第二切片信息的AMF列表，第一切片信息为终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。Optionally, the processing unit 902 is further configured to initiate a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and the AMF list supporting the second slice information, the first slice information is the terminal The slice information of the device in the home network.
可选的，处理单元902，还用于确定AMF列表中是否包括目标AMF；第一AMF为AMF列表中的AMF；若不包括，则根据AMF列表确定第一AMF。Optionally, the processing unit 902 is further configured to determine whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list; if not included, determine the first AMF according to the AMF list.
可选的，通信单元901，还用于向目标接入网设备发送第一指示信息，以使得目标接入网设备根据第一指示信息向第一AMF转发第一AMF的标识，注册请求消息，第二切片信息中的至少一项。Optionally, the communication unit 901 is further configured to send the first indication information to the target access network device, so that the target access network device forwards the identifier of the first AMF and the registration request message to the first AMF according to the first indication information, At least one item in the second slice information.
可选的，通信单元901，还用于向第一AMF发送第三指示信息；第三指示信息包括以下至少一项：注册请求消息，终端设备的SUPI，终端设备的上下文，第二切片信息。Optionally, the communication unit 901 is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF; the third indication information includes at least one of the following: a registration request message, SUPI of the terminal device, context of the terminal device, and second slice information.
可选的，通信单元901，还用于向目标接入网设备发送第五指示信息，第五指示信息用于指示PLMN列表，和移动性限制列表中的至少一项。Optionally, the communication unit 901 is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the PLMN list and the mobility restriction list.
如图10所示，为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图，该装置包括：通信单元1001和处理单元1002。As shown in FIG. 10 , it is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the device includes: a communication unit 1001 and a processing unit 1002 .
处理单元1002，用于确定目标接入网设备的频点信息，通信单元1001，用于向终端设备发送频点信息；目标接入网设备的频点信息用于指示终端设备根据频点信息接入目标接入网设备，并通过目标接入网设备向终端设备发送重定向请求。The processing unit 1002 is configured to determine the frequency point information of the target access network device, and the communication unit 1001 is configured to send the frequency point information to the terminal device; the frequency point information of the target access network device is used to instruct the terminal device to receive the frequency point information according to the frequency point information enter the target access network device, and send a redirection request to the terminal device through the target access network device.
可选的，处理单元1002，还用于：确定目标PLMD标识ID；目标PLMN ID为终端设备接入第二PLMN网络时所需选择的PLMN ID；确定目标PLMN ID对应的PLMN网络的频点信息为目标接入网设备的频点信息。Optionally, the processing unit 1002 is also used to: determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network; determine the frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the target PLMN ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
可选的通信单元1001，还用于接收来自源AMF的PLMN列表；PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN；处理单元1002，还用于从PLMN列表中确定目标PLMN。The optional communication unit 1001 is also used to receive the PLMN list from the source AMF; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following items: HPLMN of the terminal device, serving PLMN, equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN, previously selected PLMN; processing Unit 1002 is further configured to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
可选的，处理单元1002，还用于：根据PLMN列表，确定终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID；源接入网设备根据终端设备的服务PLMN ID，确定终端设备的归属网络；确定终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID；确定第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。Optionally, the processing unit 1002 is also configured to: determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list; the source access network device determines the home network of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device; determine the home network of the terminal device The PLMN ID of the network in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is determined to be the target PLMN ID.
可选的，通信单元1001，还用于接收来自源AMF的移动性限制列表；移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；第一PLMN ID为终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID；处理单元1002，还用于确定移动性限制列表指示的第一PLMN ID为目标PLMN ID。Optionally, the communication unit 1001 is also configured to receive a mobility restriction list from the source AMF; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network PLMN ID; the processing unit 1002 is further configured to determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
可选的，处理单元1002，还用于：确定第二PLMN网络中与源接入网设备相邻的接入网设备为目标接入网设备；确定目标接入网设备的频点信息。Optionally, the processing unit 1002 is further configured to: determine that an access network device adjacent to the source access network device in the second PLMN network is the target access network device; and determine frequency point information of the target access network device.
如图11所示，为本申请实施例提供的又一种通信装置的结构示意图，该装置包括：通信单元1101和处理单元1102。As shown in FIG. 11 , it is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the device includes: a communication unit 1101 and a processing unit 1102 .
处理单元1102，用于指示通信单元1101接收来自目标AMF的会话信息请求消息；其中，源AMF为目标AMF根据终端设备的第一GUTI确定的AMF；处理单元1102，还用于指示通信单元1101响应于会话请求消息，向目标AMF发送终端设备的会话信息。The processing unit 1102 is configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to receive the session information request message from the target AMF; wherein, the source AMF is the AMF determined by the target AMF according to the first GUTI of the terminal device; the processing unit 1102 is also configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to respond In the session request message, send the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF.
可选的，该装置还包括：处理单元1102，还用于指示通信单元1101向源接入网设备发送PLMN列表；PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN。Optionally, the apparatus further includes: a processing unit 1102, further configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to send the PLMN list to the source access network device; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, the equivalent public The land mobile network EPLMN, the PLMN selected last time.
可选的，处理单元1102，还用于指示通信单元1101向源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表；移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；第一PLMN ID为终端设备的归属网络在第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID。Optionally, the processing unit 1102 is further configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to send a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the home network of the terminal device in PLMN ID in the second PLMN network.
可选的，处理单元1102，还用于：确定终端设备的位置信息；确定在终端设备的位置信息表征的位置上，与第一PLMN网络相邻的PLMN网络为第二PLMN网络；确定第二PLMN网络中允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID；确定允许终端设备接入网的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID。Optionally, the processing unit 1102 is further configured to: determine the location information of the terminal device; determine that at the position represented by the location information of the terminal device, the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network; determine the second PLMN network; The PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the PLMN network; determine that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
可选的，该装置还包括：处理单元1102，还用于指示通信单元1101向目标AMF发送第一切片指示信息；第一切片指示信息用于指示第一切片信息，第一切片信息为终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。Optionally, the apparatus further includes: a processing unit 1102, further configured to instruct the communication unit 1101 to send first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate the first slice information, and the first slice The information is slice information of the terminal equipment in the home network.
可选的，处理单元1102，还用于：在源AMF与目标AMF的PLMN ID不同的情况下，确定第一切片信息；根据第一切片信息，生成第一切片指示消息。Optionally, the processing unit 1102 is further configured to: determine first slice information when the PLMN IDs of the source AMF and the target AMF are different; generate a first slice indication message according to the first slice information.
可选的，第一指示信息具体用于指示终端设备在第一PLMN网络中的切片信息，和第一网络中的映射的终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息中的至少一项。Optionally, the first indication information is specifically used to indicate at least one of slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network and slice information of the mapped terminal device in the first network in the home network.
可选的，处理单元1102，还用于：指示通信单元1101接收来自目标AMF的注册状态更新消息；注册状态更新消息用于指示源AMF释放预设会话；预设会话为源AMF中为终端设备建立的目标AMF不支持的会话；响应于注册状态更新消息，释放预设会话。Optionally, the processing unit 1102 is further configured to: instruct the communication unit 1101 to receive a registration status update message from the target AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; the preset session is a terminal device in the source AMF The established session is not supported by the target AMF; the preset session is released in response to the Registration Status Update message.
其中，处理单元可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包括一个或多个微处理器组合，DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信单元可以是收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。Wherein, the processing unit may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with the present disclosure. The processor can also be a combination of computing functions, for example, a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and a microprocessor, and so on. The communication unit may be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface or the like. The storage module may be a memory.
通过以上的实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将网络节点的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。上述描述的***，模块和网络节点的具体工作过程，可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程，在此不再赘述。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, only the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated according to needs It is completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the network node is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. For the specific working process of the system, modules, and network nodes described above, reference may be made to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令，当计算机执行该指令时，该计算机执行上述方法实施例所示的方法流程中的各个步骤。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where an instruction is stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer executes the instruction, the computer executes each step in the method flow shown in the above-mentioned method embodiment.
本申请的实施例提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品，当指令在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述方法实施例中的通信方法。Embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions, and when the instructions are run on a computer, the computer is made to execute the communication method in the above method embodiments.
本申请的实施例提供一种芯片，芯片包括处理器和通信接口，通信接口和处理器耦合，处理器用于运行计算机程序或指令，以实现如上述方法实施例中的通信方法。An embodiment of the present application provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the communication method in the above method embodiments.
其中，计算机可读存储介质，例如可以是但不限于电、磁、光、电磁、红外线、或半导体的***、装置或器件，或者任意以上的组合。计算机可读存储介质的更具体的例子(非穷举的列表)包括：具有一个或多个导线的电连接、便携式计算机磁盘、硬盘。随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，RAM)、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，ROM)、可擦式可编程只读存储器(Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory，EPROM)、寄存器、硬盘、光纤、便携式紧凑磁盘只读存储器(Compact Disc Read-Only Memory，CD-ROM)、光存储器件、磁存储器件、或者上述的人以合适的组合、或者本领域数值的任何其他形式的计算机可读存储介质。一种示例 性的存储介质耦合至处理器，从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息，且可向该存储介质写入信息。当然，存储介质也可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于特定用途集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit，ASIC)中。在本发明实施例中，计算机可读存储介质可以是任何包含或存储程序的有形介质，该程序可以被指令执行***、装置或者器件使用或者与其结合使用。Wherein, the computer-readable storage medium may be, for example, but not limited to, an electrical, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor system, device, or device, or any combination thereof. More specific examples (non-exhaustive list) of computer readable storage media include: electrical connection having one or more wires, portable computer disk, hard disk. Random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory, EPROM), registers, hard disk, optical fiber, portable compact Disk read-only memory (Compact Disc Read-Only Memory, CD-ROM), an optical storage device, a magnetic storage device, or any other form of computer-readable storage medium in a suitable combination of the above, or values in the art. An exemplary storage medium is coupled to the processor such that the processor can read information from, and write information to, the storage medium. Of course, the storage medium may also be a component of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in an Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC). In the embodiments of the present invention, a computer-readable storage medium may be any tangible medium containing or storing a program, and the program may be used by or in combination with an instruction execution system, apparatus or device.
由于本发明的实施例中的装置、设备、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品可以应用于上述方法，因此，其所能获得的技术效果也可参考上述方法实施例，本申请实施例在此不再赘述。Since the devices, equipment, computer-readable storage media, and computer program products in the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to the above-mentioned methods, the technical effects that can be obtained can also refer to the above-mentioned method embodiments, and the embodiments of the present application are hereby No longer.
以上所述，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应该以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only a specific implementation of the application, but the protection scope of the application is not limited thereto, and any changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in the application should be covered within the protection scope of the application . Therefore, the protection scope of the present application should be based on the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (52)

  1. 一种通信***，其特征在于，包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；A communication system, characterized by comprising: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
    所述源接入网设备和所述源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；所述目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；所述源AMF与所述目标AMF通过通信接口连接；The source access network device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF is connected to the target AMF through a communication interface;
    所述源接入网设备，用于确定所述目标接入网设备的频点信息，并向所述终端设备发送所述频点信息；The source access network device is configured to determine frequency point information of the target access network device, and send the frequency point information to the terminal device;
    所述终端设备，用于根据所述频点信息确定所述目标接入网设备，并向所述目标接入网设备发起重定向请求；所述重定向请求中包括所述终端设备的第一全局唯一临时标识GUTI；所述第一GUTI为所述终端设备在所述第一PLMN网络中的GUTI；The terminal device is configured to determine the target access network device according to the frequency point information, and initiate a redirection request to the target access network device; the redirection request includes the first A globally unique temporary identifier GUTI; the first GUTI is the GUTI of the terminal device in the first PLMN network;
    所述目标接入网设备，用于向所述目标AMF转发所述重定向请求；The target access network device is configured to forward the redirection request to the target AMF;
    所述目标AMF，用于确定所述终端设备的第一GUTI，根据所述第一GUTI确定所述源AMF，并向所述源AMF发送会话信息请求消息；The target AMF is configured to determine a first GUTI of the terminal device, determine the source AMF according to the first GUTI, and send a session information request message to the source AMF;
    所述源AMF，用于响应于所述会话请求消息，向所述目标AMF发送所述终端设备的会话信息。The source AMF is configured to send the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF in response to the session request message.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的***，其特征在于，所述源接入网设备，具体用于：The system according to claim 1, wherein the source access network device is specifically used for:
    确定目标PLMD标识ID；所述目标PLMN ID为所述终端设备接入所述第二PLMN网络时所需选择的PLMN ID；Determine the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network;
    确定所述目标PLMN ID对应的PLMN网络的频点信息为所述目标接入网设备的频点信息。Determine the frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the target PLMN ID as the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，还用于向所述源AMF发送第一请求消息；所述第一请求消息用于请求所述终端设备的上下文信息和用户永久标识符SUPI；The system according to claim 1, wherein the target AMF is further configured to send a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request context information and user information of the terminal device Permanent Identifier SUPI;
    所述源AMF，用于根据所述第一请求消息向所述目标AMF发送第一响应消息；所述第一响应消息包括所述终端设备的上下文信息和SUPI；The source AMF is configured to send a first response message to the target AMF according to the first request message; the first response message includes context information and SUPI of the terminal device;
    所述目标AMF，还用于根据所述SUPI确定所述终端设备，并根据所述上下文信息为所述终端设备创建上下文。The target AMF is further configured to determine the terminal device according to the SUPI, and create a context for the terminal device according to the context information.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，具体用于：The system according to claim 1, wherein the target AMF is specifically used for:
    解析所述第一GUTI，确定所述第一GUTI中的全局唯一AMF标识GUAMI；Parse the first GUTI, and determine the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI;
    确定所述GUAMI所表征的AMF为所述源AMF。The AMF characterized by the GUAMI is determined to be the source AMF.
  5. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的***，其特征在于，所述源AMF，还用于向所述源接入网设备发送PLMN列表；所述PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：所述终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN；The system according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the source AMF is further configured to send a PLMN list to the source access network device; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: The HPLMN of the terminal equipment, the serving PLMN, the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN, and the previously selected PLMN;
    所述源接入网设备，还用于从所述PLMN列表中确定所述目标PLMN。The source access network device is further configured to determine the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的***，其特征在于，所述源接入网设备，具体用于：The system according to claim 5, wherein the source access network device is specifically used for:
    根据所述PLMN列表，确定所述终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID；According to the PLMN list, determine the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device;
    根据所述终端设备的服务PLMN ID，确定所述终端设备的归属网络；Determine the home network of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device;
    确定所述终端设备的归属网络在所述第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID；Determining that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID;
    确定所述第一PLMN ID为所述目标PLMN ID。Determine the first PLMN ID as the target PLMN ID.
  7. 根据权利要求2-4任一项所述的***，其特征在于，所述源AMF，还用于向所述源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表；所述移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；所述第一PLMN ID为所述终端设备的归属网络在所述第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID；The system according to any one of claims 2-4, wherein the source AMF is further configured to send a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate the A PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network;
    所述源接入网设备，用于接收所述移动性限制列表，确定所述移动性限制列表指示的所述第一PLMN ID为所述目标PLMN ID。The source access network device is configured to receive the mobility restriction list, and determine that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的***，其特征在于，所述源AMF，具体用于：The system according to claim 7, wherein the source AMF is specifically used for:
    确定所述终端设备的位置信息，determining location information of the terminal device,
    确定在所述终端设备的位置信息表征的位置上，与所述第一PLMN网络相邻的PLMN网络为所述第二PLMN网络；determining that the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network at the location represented by the location information of the terminal device;
    确定所述第二PLMN网络中允许所述终端设备接入网的PLMN ID；Determine the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network;
    确定所述允许所述终端设备接入网的PLMN ID为所述第一PLMN ID。Determining that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的***，其特征在于，所述源接入网设备，还用于：The system according to claim 8, wherein the source access network device is also used for:
    确定所述第二PLMN网络中与所述源接入网设备相邻的接入网设备为所述目标接入网设备；determining that an access network device adjacent to the source access network device in the second PLMN network is the target access network device;
    确定所述目标接入网设备的频点信息。Determine frequency point information of the target access network device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标接入网设备，还用于：The system according to claim 9, wherein the target access network device is further used for:
    获取所述目标PLMN ID，所述终端设备的位置信息，以及所述终端设备请求的切片信息；Acquiring the target PLMN ID, the location information of the terminal device, and the slice information requested by the terminal device;
    根据所述目标PLMN ID，所述终端设备的位置信息，以及所述终端设备请求的切片信息，确定所述目标AMF。Determine the target AMF according to the target PLMN ID, the location information of the terminal device, and the slice information requested by the terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的***，其特征在于，所述源AMF，还用于向所述 目标AMF发送第一切片指示信息；所述第一切片指示信息用于指示第一切片信息，所述第一切片信息为所述终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。The system according to claim 10, wherein the source AMF is further configured to send first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate first slice information , the first slice information is slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的***，其特征在于，所述源AMF，具体用于：The system according to claim 11, wherein the source AMF is specifically used for:
    在所述源AMF与所述目标AMF的PLMN ID不同的情况下，确定所述第一切片信息；In the case where the PLMN ID of the source AMF is different from that of the target AMF, determine the first slice information;
    根据所述第一切片信息，生成所述第一切片指示消息。Generate the first slice indication message according to the first slice information.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的***，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一PLMN网络中的切片信息，和所述第一网络中的映射的所述终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息中的至少一项；The system according to claim 11, wherein the first indication information is specifically used to indicate the slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and the mapping information in the first network. At least one item of slice information of the terminal device in the home network;
    所述目标AMF，具体用于：在所述第一PLMN网络为所述归属网络的情况下，确定所述终端设备在所述第一PLMN网络中的切片信息为所述第一切片信息；The target AMF is specifically configured to: determine that the slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network is the first slice information when the first PLMN network is the home network;
    在所述第一PLMN网络不为所述归属网络的情况下，确定所述第一网络中的映射的所述终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息为所述第一切片信息。If the first PLMN network is not the home network, determine that the mapped slice information of the terminal device in the first network in the home network is the first slice information.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，还用于：确定所述第一切片信息；The system according to claim 11, wherein the target AMF is further configured to: determine the first slice information;
    确定所述第一切片信息在所述第二PLMN网络中映射的第二切片信息；determining second slice information to which the first slice information is mapped in the second PLMN network;
    根据所述第二切片信息，以及所述终端设备的位置信息中的至少一项，确定目标会话管理功能SMF；所述目标SMF为所述第二PLMN网络中的SMF。Determine a target session management function SMF according to at least one item of the second slice information and the location information of the terminal device; the target SMF is an SMF in the second PLMN network.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，还用于向所述源AMF发送注册状态更新消息；所述注册状态更新消息用于指示所述源AMF释放预设会话；所述预设会话为所述源AMF中为所述终端设备建立的所述目标AMF不支持的会话；The system according to claim 14, wherein the target AMF is further configured to send a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release the preset session; The preset session is a session not supported by the target AMF established for the terminal device in the source AMF;
    所述源AMF，还用于响应于所述注册状态更新消息，释放所述预设会话。The source AMF is further configured to release the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的***，其特征在于，所述***还包括：归属统一数据管理功能UDM；The system according to claim 15, characterized in that the system further comprises: an attribution unified data management function (UDM);
    所述目标AMF，还用于向所述归属UDM发送上下文请求消息；所述上下文请求消息用于向所述UDM请求所述终端设备的签约数据；The target AMF is further configured to send a context request message to the home UDM; the context request message is used to request the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM;
    所述UDM，用于响应所述上下文请求消息，向所述目标AMF发送所述终端设备的签约数据。The UDM is configured to send the subscription data of the terminal device to the target AMF in response to the context request message.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，还用于通过所述通信接口，从所述源AMF获取所述终端设备的签约数据。The system according to claim 15, wherein the target AMF is further configured to obtain the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through the communication interface.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的***，其特征在于，所述***还包括：目标网络 切片选择功能NSSF；The system according to claim 17, wherein the system further comprises: target network slice selection function NSSF;
    所述目标AMF，还用于根据所述第一切片信息向所述目标NSSF发起查询，确定所述第二切片信息，以及支持所述第二切片信息的AMF列表。The target AMF is further configured to initiate a query to the target NSSF according to the first slice information, determine the second slice information, and a list of AMFs supporting the second slice information.
  19. 根据权利要求17所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，还用于根据所述第一切片信息，查询所述目标AMF中配置的切片映射关系，确定所述第二切片信息，以及支持所述第二切片信息的AMF列表。The system according to claim 17, wherein the target AMF is further configured to query the slice mapping relationship configured in the target AMF according to the first slice information, and determine the second slice information, and an AMF list supporting the second slice information.
  20. 根据权利要求18或者19所述的***，其特征在于，所述***还包括：第一AMF；所述目标AMF，还用于：The system according to claim 18 or 19, wherein the system further comprises: a first AMF; and the target AMF is further configured to:
    确定所述AMF列表中是否包括所述目标AMF；所述第一AMF为所述AMF列表中的AMF；determining whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list;
    若不包括，根据所述AMF列表确定所述第一AMF。If not included, determine the first AMF according to the AMF list.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，还用于向所述目标接入网设备发送第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息包括以下至少一项：所述第一AMF的标识，所述注册请求消息，所述第二切片信息；The system according to claim 20, wherein the target AMF is further configured to send first indication information to the target access network device, and the first indication information includes at least one of the following: the first An AMF identifier, the registration request message, and the second slice information;
    所述目标接入网设备，用于根据所述第一指示信息生成第二指示信息，并向所述第一AMF发送所述第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息包括以下至少一项：所述第一AMF的标识，所述注册请求消息，所述第二切片信息；The target access network device is configured to generate second indication information according to the first indication information, and send the second indication information to the first AMF; the second indication information includes at least one of the following: The identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information;
    所述第一AMF，用于根据所述第二指示信息，确定所述第一AMF的标识，所述注册请求消息，所述第二切片信息中的至少一项。The first AMF is configured to determine at least one item of an identifier of the first AMF, the registration request message, and the second slice information according to the second indication information.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，还用于向所述第一AMF发送第三指示信息；所述第三指示信息包括以下至少一项：所述注册请求消息，所述终端设备的SUPI，所述终端设备的上下文，所述第二切片信息；The system according to claim 20, wherein the target AMF is further configured to send third indication information to the first AMF; the third indication information includes at least one of the following: the registration request message , the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device, and the second slice information;
    所述第一AMF，用于根据所述第三指示信息，确定所述注册请求消息，所述终端设备的SUPI，所述终端设备的上下文，所述第二切片信息中的至少一项。The first AMF is configured to determine at least one item of the registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device, and the second slice information according to the third indication information.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的***，其特征在于，所述***还包括：归属SMF和归属策略控制功能PCF；The system according to claim 21 or 22, further comprising: a home SMF and a home policy control function PCF;
    所述归属SMF，还用于向归属PCF发送第四指示信息；所述第四指示信息用于指示进行SM策略管理；以及向所述归属PCF指示所述终端设备的位置信息。The home SMF is further configured to send fourth indication information to the home PCF; the fourth indication information is used to indicate SM policy management; and indicate the location information of the terminal device to the home PCF.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的***，其特征在于，所述目标AMF，还用于向所述目标接入网设备发送第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述PLMN列表，和所述移动性限制列表中的至少一项。The system according to claim 23, wherein the target AMF is further configured to send fifth indication information to the target access network device, the fifth indication information is used to indicate the PLMN list, and At least one item in the mobility restriction list.
  25. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于通信***中，所述通信***包括：终 端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；A communication method, characterized in that it is applied in a communication system, and the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
    所述源接入网设备和所述源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；所述目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；所述源AMF与所述目标AMF通过通信接口连接；所述方法包括：The source access network device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF is connected to the target AMF through a communication interface; the Methods include:
    所述目标AMF接收来自所述目标接入网设备的重定向请求；所述重定向请求中包括所述终端设备的第一全局唯一临时标识GUTI；所述第一GUTI为所述终端设备在所述第一PLMN网络中的GUTI；The target AMF receives a redirection request from the target access network device; the redirection request includes the first globally unique temporary identifier GUTI of the terminal device; the first GUTI is the Describe the GUTI in the first PLMN network;
    所述目标AMF根据所述重定向请求确定所述终端设备的第一GUTI，并根据所述第一GUTI确定所述源AMF；The target AMF determines the first GUTI of the terminal device according to the redirection request, and determines the source AMF according to the first GUTI;
    所述目标AMF向所述源AMF发送会话信息请求消息；The target AMF sends a session information request message to the source AMF;
    所述目标AMF接收来自所述源AMF的所述终端设备的会话信息。The target AMF receives session information of the terminal device from the source AMF.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法，其特征在于，所述从所述源AMF中获取所述终端设备的会话信息，包括：The method according to claim 25, wherein the acquiring session information of the terminal device from the source AMF comprises:
    所述目标AMF向所述源AMF发送第一请求消息；所述第一请求消息用于请求所述终端设备的上下文信息和用户永久标识符SUPI；The target AMF sends a first request message to the source AMF; the first request message is used to request the context information and the user permanent identifier SUPI of the terminal device;
    所述目标AMF接收来自所述源AMF的第一响应消息；所述第一响应消息包括所述终端设备的上下文信息和SUPI；The target AMF receives a first response message from the source AMF; the first response message includes context information and SUPI of the terminal device;
    所述目标AMF根据所述SUPI确定所述终端设备，并根据所述上下文信息为所述终端设备创建上下文。The target AMF determines the terminal device according to the SUPI, and creates a context for the terminal device according to the context information.
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述根据所述第一GUTI确定所述源AMF，包括：The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein the determining the source AMF according to the first GUTI includes:
    所述目标AMF解析所述第一GUTI，确定所述第一GUTI中的全局唯一AMF标识GUAMI；The target AMF parses the first GUTI, and determines the globally unique AMF identifier GUAMI in the first GUTI;
    所述目标AMF确定所述GUAMI所表征的AMF为所述源AMF。The target AMF determines that the AMF represented by the GUAMI is the source AMF.
  28. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述根据所述第一GUTI确定所述源AMF之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein after the source AMF is determined according to the first GUTI, the method further comprises:
    所述目标AMF向所述源AMF发送注册状态更新消息；所述注册状态更新消息用于指示所述源AMF释放预设会话；所述预设会话为所述源AMF为所述终端设备建立的所述目标AMF不支持的会话。The target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release a preset session; the preset session is established by the source AMF for the terminal device The session is not supported by the target AMF.
  29. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标AMF向所述源AMF发送注册状态更新消息之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein after the target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF, the method further comprises:
    所述目标AMF向所述归属统一数据管理功能UDM发送上下文请求消息；所述上下文请求消息用于向所述UDM请求所述终端设备的签约数据；The target AMF sends a context request message to the home unified data management function UDM; the context request message is used to request the subscription data of the terminal device from the UDM;
    所述目标AMF接收来自所述UDM的所述终端设备的签约数据。The target AMF receives the subscription data of the terminal equipment from the UDM.
  30. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标AMF向所述源AMF发送注册状态更新消息之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 25 or 26, wherein after the target AMF sends a registration status update message to the source AMF, the method further comprises:
    所述目标AMF通过所述通信接口，从所述源AMF获取所述终端设备的签约数据。The target AMF acquires the subscription data of the terminal device from the source AMF through the communication interface.
  31. 根据权利要求25或26所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 25 or 26, further comprising:
    所述目标AMF根据第一切片信息向所述目标网络切片选择功能NSSF发起查询，确定所述第二切片信息，以及支持所述第二切片信息的AMF列表，所述第一切片信息为所述终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。The target AMF initiates a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, determines the second slice information, and an AMF list supporting the second slice information, and the first slice information is Slicing information of the terminal device in the home network.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标AMF根据所述第一切片信息向所述目标网络切片选择功能NSSF发起查询，确定所述第二切片信息，以及支持所述第二切片信息的AMF列表之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 31, wherein the target AMF initiates a query to the target network slice selection function NSSF according to the first slice information, determines the second slice information, and supports the After the AMF list of the second slice information, the method further includes:
    所述目标AMF确定所述AMF列表中是否包括所述目标AMF；所述第一AMF为所述AMF列表中的AMF；The target AMF determines whether the target AMF is included in the AMF list; the first AMF is an AMF in the AMF list;
    若不包括，所述目标AMF根据所述AMF列表确定所述第一AMF。If not included, the target AMF determines the first AMF according to the AMF list.
  33. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标AMF根据所述AMF列表确定所述第一AMF之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 31, wherein after the target AMF determines the first AMF according to the AMF list, the method further comprises:
    所述目标AMF向所述目标接入网设备发送第一指示信息，以使得所述目标接入网设备根据所述第一指示信息向所述第一AMF转发所述第一AMF的标识，所述注册请求消息，所述第二切片信息中的至少一项。The target AMF sends first indication information to the target access network device, so that the target access network device forwards the identifier of the first AMF to the first AMF according to the first indication information, The registration request message, at least one item of the second slice information.
  34. 根据权利要求31所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述目标AMF根据所述AMF列表确定所述第一AMF之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 31, wherein after the target AMF determines the first AMF according to the AMF list, the method further comprises:
    所述目标AMF向所述第一AMF发送第三指示信息；所述第三指示信息包括以下至少一项：所述注册请求消息，所述终端设备的SUPI，所述终端设备的上下文，所述第二切片信息。The target AMF sends third indication information to the first AMF; the third indication information includes at least one of the following: the registration request message, the SUPI of the terminal device, the context of the terminal device, the Second slice information.
  35. 根据权利要求33或34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 33 or 34, further comprising:
    所述目标AMF向所述目标接入网设备发送第五指示信息，所述第五指示信息用于指示所述PLMN列表，和所述移动性限制列表中的至少一项。The target AMF sends fifth indication information to the target access network device, where the fifth indication information is used to indicate at least one of the PLMN list and the mobility restriction list.
  36. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于通信***中，所述通信***包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入 网设备；A communication method, characterized in that it is applied in a communication system, and the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
    所述源接入网设备和所述源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；所述目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；所述源AMF与所述目标AMF通过通信接口连接；所述方法包括：The source access network device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF is connected to the target AMF through a communication interface; the Methods include:
    所述源接入网设备确定所述目标接入网设备的频点信息，并向所述终端设备发送所述频点信息；所述目标接入网设备的频点信息用于指示所述终端设备根据所述频点信息接入所述目标接入网设备，并通过所述目标接入网设备向所述终端设备发送重定向请求。The source access network device determines the frequency point information of the target access network device, and sends the frequency point information to the terminal device; the frequency point information of the target access network device is used to indicate the terminal The device accesses the target access network device according to the frequency point information, and sends a redirection request to the terminal device through the target access network device.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的方法，其特征在于，所述源接入网设备确定所述目标接入网设备的频点信息，包括：The method according to claim 36, wherein the determining the frequency point information of the target access network device by the source access network device comprises:
    所述源接入网设备确定目标PLMD标识ID；所述目标PLMN ID为所述终端设备接入所述第二PLMN网络时所需选择的PLMN ID；The source access network device determines the target PLMD ID; the target PLMN ID is the PLMN ID that needs to be selected when the terminal device accesses the second PLMN network;
    所述源接入网设备确定所述目标PLMN ID对应的PLMN网络的频点信息为所述目标接入网设备的频点信息。The source access network device determines that the frequency point information of the PLMN network corresponding to the target PLMN ID is the frequency point information of the target access network device.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述频点信息之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 37, characterized in that after the source access network device sends the frequency point information to the terminal device, the method further comprises:
    所述源接入网设备接收来自所述源AMF的PLMN列表；所述PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：所述终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN；The source access network device receives the PLMN list from the source AMF; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: HPLMN of the terminal device, serving PLMN, equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN, previously selected PLMN;
    所述源接入网设备从所述PLMN列表中确定所述目标PLMN。The source access network device determines the target PLMN from the PLMN list.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的方法，其特征在于，所述源接入网设备从所述PLMN列表中确定所述目标PLMN，包括：The method according to claim 38, wherein the source access network device determines the target PLMN from the PLMN list, comprising:
    所述源接入网设备根据所述PLMN列表，确定所述终端设备当前的服务PLMN ID；The source access network device determines the current service PLMN ID of the terminal device according to the PLMN list;
    所述源接入网设备根据所述终端设备的服务PLMN ID，确定所述终端设备的归属网络；The source access network device determines the home network of the terminal device according to the service PLMN ID of the terminal device;
    所述源接入网设备确定所述终端设备的归属网络在所述第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID为第一PLMN ID；The source access network device determines that the PLMN ID of the home network of the terminal device in the second PLMN network is the first PLMN ID;
    所述源接入网设备确定所述第一PLMN ID为所述目标PLMN ID。The source access network device determines that the first PLMN ID is the target PLMN ID.
  40. 根据权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述源接入网设备向所述终端设备发送所述频点信息之后，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 37, characterized in that after the source access network device sends the frequency point information to the terminal device, the method further comprises:
    所述源接入网设备接收来自所述源AMF的移动性限制列表；所述移动性限制 列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；所述第一PLMN ID为所述终端设备的归属网络在所述第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID；The source access network device receives a mobility restriction list from the source AMF; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate a first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the home network of the terminal device in the PLMN ID in the second PLMN network;
    所述源接入网设备确定所述移动性限制列表指示的所述第一PLMN ID为所述目标PLMN ID。The source access network device determines that the first PLMN ID indicated by the mobility restriction list is the target PLMN ID.
  41. 根据权利要求40所述的方法，其特征在于，所述源接入网设备确定所述目标接入网设备的频点信息，包括：The method according to claim 40, wherein the determining the frequency point information of the target access network device by the source access network device comprises:
    所述源接入网设备确定所述第二PLMN网络中与所述源接入网设备相邻的接入网设备为所述目标接入网设备；The source access network device determines that an access network device adjacent to the source access network device in the second PLMN network is the target access network device;
    所述源接入网设备确定所述目标接入网设备的频点信息。The source access network device determines frequency point information of the target access network device.
  42. 一种通信方法，其特征在于，应用于通信***中，所述通信***包括：终端设备、源接入网设备、源接入和移动管理功能AMF、目标AMF、以及目标接入网设备；A communication method, characterized in that it is applied in a communication system, and the communication system includes: a terminal device, a source access network device, a source access and mobility management function AMF, a target AMF, and a target access network device;
    所述源接入网设备和所述源AMF归属于第一公共陆地移动网PLMN网络；所述目标AMF归属于第二PLMN网络；所述源AMF与所述目标AMF通过通信接口连接；所述方法包括：The source access network device and the source AMF belong to the first public land mobile network PLMN network; the target AMF belongs to the second PLMN network; the source AMF is connected to the target AMF through a communication interface; the Methods include:
    所述源AMF接收来自所述目标AMF的会话信息请求消息；其中，所述源AMF为所述目标AMF根据所述终端设备的第一GUTI确定的AMF；The source AMF receives a session information request message from the target AMF; wherein, the source AMF is an AMF determined by the target AMF according to the first GUTI of the terminal device;
    所述源AMF响应于所述会话请求消息，向所述目标AMF发送所述终端设备的会话信息。The source AMF sends the session information of the terminal device to the target AMF in response to the session request message.
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 42, further comprising:
    所述源AMF向所述源接入网设备发送PLMN列表；所述PLMN列表中包括以下至少一项：所述终端设备的HPLMN，服务PLMN，等效公共陆地移动网EPLMN，前一次选择的PLMN。The source AMF sends a PLMN list to the source access network device; the PLMN list includes at least one of the following: the HPLMN of the terminal device, the serving PLMN, the equivalent public land mobile network EPLMN, and the previously selected PLMN .
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 43, further comprising:
    所述源AMF向所述源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表；所述移动性限制列表用于指示第一PLMN ID；所述第一PLMN ID为所述终端设备的归属网络在所述第二PLMN网络中的PLMN ID。The source AMF sends a mobility restriction list to the source access network device; the mobility restriction list is used to indicate a first PLMN ID; the first PLMN ID is the home network of the terminal device in the first Two PLMN ID in the PLMN network.
  45. 根据权利要求43所述的方法，其特征在于，在所述源AMF向所述源接入网设备发送移动性限制列表之前，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 43, wherein before the source AMF sends the mobility restriction list to the source access network device, the method further comprises:
    所述源AMF确定所述终端设备的位置信息，determining, by the source AMF, the location information of the terminal device,
    所述源AMF确定在所述终端设备的位置信息表征的位置上，与所述第一PLMN网络相邻的PLMN网络为所述第二PLMN网络；determining, by the source AMF, that the PLMN network adjacent to the first PLMN network is the second PLMN network at the location represented by the location information of the terminal device;
    所述源AMF确定所述第二PLMN网络中允许所述终端设备接入网的PLMN ID；The source AMF determines the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network in the second PLMN network;
    所述源AMF确定所述允许所述终端设备接入网的PLMN ID为所述第一PLMN ID。The source AMF determines that the PLMN ID that allows the terminal device to access the network is the first PLMN ID.
  46. 根据权利要求42-45任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to any one of claims 42-45, further comprising:
    所述源AMF向所述目标AMF发送第一切片指示信息；所述第一切片指示信息用于指示第一切片信息，所述第一切片信息为所述终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息。The source AMF sends first slice indication information to the target AMF; the first slice indication information is used to indicate first slice information, and the first slice information indicates that the terminal device is in the home network slice information.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 46, further comprising:
    在所述源AMF与所述目标AMF的PLMN ID不同的情况下，确定第一切片信息；In the case where the PLMN ID of the source AMF is different from that of the target AMF, determine first slice information;
    根据所述第一切片信息，生成所述第一切片指示消息。Generate the first slice indication message according to the first slice information.
  48. 根据权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一指示信息具体用于指示所述终端设备在所述第一PLMN网络中的切片信息，和所述第一网络中的映射的所述终端设备在归属网络中的切片信息中的至少一项。The method according to claim 46, wherein the first indication information is specifically used to indicate the slice information of the terminal device in the first PLMN network, and the mapped information in the first network. At least one item of slice information of the terminal device in the home network.
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：The method according to claim 48, further comprising:
    所述源AMF接收来自所述目标AMF的注册状态更新消息；所述注册状态更新消息用于指示所述源AMF释放预设会话；所述预设会话为所述源AMF中为所述终端设备建立的所述目标AMF不支持的会话；The source AMF receives a registration status update message from the target AMF; the registration status update message is used to instruct the source AMF to release a preset session; the preset session is the terminal device in the source AMF establishing a session not supported by said target AMF;
    所述源AMF响应于所述注册状态更新消息，释放所述预设会话。The source AMF releases the preset session in response to the registration status update message.
  50. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：通信单元以及处理单元；其中所述通信单元用于与其他通信装置通信；所述处理单元，用于执行权利要求25-35中任一项所述的通信方法；或者执行权利要求36-41中任一项所述的通信方法；或者执行权利要求42-49中任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a communication unit and a processing unit; wherein the communication unit is used to communicate with other communication devices; the processing unit is used to execute the method described in any one of claims 25-35. A communication method; or performing the communication method described in any one of claims 36-41; or performing the communication method described in any one of claims 42-49.
  51. 一种通信装置，其特征在于，包括：处理器以及存储器；其中，所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当所述通信装置运行时，所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机执行指令，以使所述通信装置执行权利要求25-35中任一项所述的通信方法；或者执行权利要求36-41中任一项所述的通信方法；或者执行权利要求42-49中任一项所述的通信方法。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer-executable instructions, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory. instructions, so that the communication device executes the communication method described in any one of claims 25-35; or executes the communication method described in any one of claims 36-41; or executes any one of claims 42-49 A method of communication as described.
  52. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质包括指令，所述指令当被执行时使所述计算机执行权利要求25-35中任一项所述的通信方法；或者执行权利要求36-41中任一项所述的通信方法；或者执行权利要求42-49中任一项所述的通信方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium includes instructions, and when executed, the instructions cause the computer to execute the communication method according to any one of claims 25-35; or Executing the communication method described in any one of claims 36-41; or performing the communication method described in any one of claims 42-49.
PCT/CN2022/134823 2022-01-05 2022-11-28 Communication system, method and apparatus and storage medium WO2023130858A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210011147.5A CN116456400A (en) 2022-01-05 2022-01-05 Communication system, method, apparatus and storage medium
CN202210011147.5 2022-01-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023130858A1 true WO2023130858A1 (en) 2023-07-13

Family

ID=87073039

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/134823 WO2023130858A1 (en) 2022-01-05 2022-11-28 Communication system, method and apparatus and storage medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116456400A (en)
WO (1) WO2023130858A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109429219A (en) * 2017-07-20 2019-03-05 华为技术有限公司 Switching method, equipment and system
US20190098537A1 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-03-28 Weihua QIAO SMF, AMF and UPF Relocation During UE Registration
WO2020192274A1 (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-01 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Method for selecting location management function and device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109429219A (en) * 2017-07-20 2019-03-05 华为技术有限公司 Switching method, equipment and system
US20190098537A1 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-03-28 Weihua QIAO SMF, AMF and UPF Relocation During UE Registration
WO2020192274A1 (en) * 2019-03-27 2020-10-01 电信科学技术研究院有限公司 Method for selecting location management function and device

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
NOKIA, NOKIA SHANGHAI BELL: "UE context transfer during Inter-PLMN mobility registration", 3GPP DRAFT; C4-211609, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. CT WG4, no. E-Meeting; 20210224 - 20210305, 2 March 2021 (2021-03-02), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051982212 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116456400A (en) 2023-07-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN110149665B (en) Network element selection method and device
US11026080B2 (en) Policy control function determining method, apparatus, and system
WO2018082221A1 (en) Network switching method, apparatus and related equipment
KR101595431B1 (en) Method and apparatus for providing proximity service in wireless communication system
EP2586236B1 (en) Method and apparatus for communicating via a gateway
US9717068B2 (en) System and method for supporting cell updates within a small cell cluster for idle mobility in cell paging channel mode
WO2019137125A1 (en) Session management method, device and system
US20180368042A1 (en) Mobility management method, apparatus, and system
WO2019042182A1 (en) Data transmission method, device and system
WO2021094025A1 (en) Virtual network group with multiple session management functions
CN113133079A (en) Route configuration method and device
WO2019037500A1 (en) Method and apparatus for selecting radio access network device
WO2020057625A1 (en) Gateway switching method, gateway reselection method, and communication apparatus
WO2012149797A1 (en) Method and device for acquiring wireless local area network information
CN111510977B (en) Mobility management method and device
JP2021530149A (en) Redirection method, communication system and communication equipment
WO2017185199A1 (en) Attachment method, and paging method, apparatus, and device
CN112533236A (en) Communication method and device
WO2023130858A1 (en) Communication system, method and apparatus and storage medium
WO2019137521A1 (en) Session management method and device and system
JP2022101705A (en) Anchor point control device and anchor point control method
WO2020211538A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2023143212A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
Raza et al. Design and experimental evaluation of OnDemand inter-domain mobility in SDN supported PMIPv6
WO2023130856A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and core network device, terminal device and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22918310

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1